Skip to main content

Hari-bhakti-vilāsa · Vilāsa 13

Viṣṇu-vratotsavaḥ — Vaiṣṇava Vows and Festivals

Unit 13 of 20HBV 13.1HBV 13.565481 source entries

HBV 13.1

Source

वन्दे चैतन्य-देवꣳ तꣳ कृष्णꣳ नित्य-नवोत्सवम् । यस्य प्रसादात् सिध्यन्ति दीनस्यापि महोत्सवाः

vande caitanya-devaṁ taṁ kṛṣṇaṁ nitya-navotsavam | yasya prasādāt sidhyanti dīnasyāpi mahotsavāḥ

English translation

I offer my respectful obeisances unto Sri Krsna Caitanya who is non- different from Lord Krsna, who constantly increases the happiness of the devotees, and by whose mercy even fallen souls can feel enjoy His association, as if a continuous festival of transcendental pleasure.

HBV 13.2

Source

प्रातः-स्नानादिकꣳ कृत्वा सुवेशो धौत-वस्त्रकः । व्रतꣳ सङ्कल्प्य कुर्वीत वैष्णवैश् च महोत्सवम्

prātaḥ-snānādikaṁ kṛtvā suveśo dhauta-vastrakaḥ | vrataṁ saṅkalpya kurvīta vaiṣṇavaiś ca mahotsavam

English translation

After shaving and bathing, one should dress in clean clothes, perform his morning duties, and observe a festival along with other Vaisnavas, having made the vow to do so.

HBV 13.3

Source

सङ्कल्प-मन्त्रः— दशमी-दिनम् आरभ्य करिष्ये’हꣳ व्रतꣳ तव । त्रि-दिनꣳ देव-देवेश निर्विघ्नꣳ कुरु केशव

saṅkalpa-mantraḥ— daśamī-dinam ārabhya kariṣye’haṁ vrataṁ tava | tri-dinaṁ deva-deveśa nirvighnaṁ kuru keśava

English translation

O master of the demigods, headed by Brahma! O Kesava! I will observe this vow for three day. Please enable me to complete it successfully.

HBV 13.4

Source

विष्णु-स्मृतौ— उत्सवे वासुदेवस्य स्नायाद्यो’शुचि-शङ्कया । तादृशꣳ कश्मलꣳ दृष्ट्वा सवासा जलम् आविशेत् इति ।

viṣṇu-smṛtau— utsave vāsudevasya snāyādyo’śuci-śaṅkayā | tādṛśaṁ kaśmalaṁ dṛṣṭvā savāsā jalam āviśet iti |

English translation

touches one who is considered untouchable)

.,40 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA visnu smrtau (In the Visnusmrti it is stated) utsave vdsudevasya sndydd yo'suci sankayd tddrsarh kasmalarh drstvd savdsdjalam dviset After seeing a sinful person who bathes, fearing that he has touched a contaminated object or person during a festival of Lord Vasudeva, one should bathe with his clothes on for purification.

HBV 13.5

Source

स्तुत्वाथ बहुधा कृष्णꣳ घोषयेन् नियमान्वितम् । श्री-रुक्माङ्गद-मत्तेभ-पटहोद्घोषितꣳ वचः

stutvātha bahudhā kṛṣṇaṁ ghoṣayen niyamānvitam | śrī-rukmāṅgada-mattebha-paṭahodghoṣitaṁ vacaḥ

English translation

One should offer suitable prayers to Lord Krsna and then announce the rules and regulations of the three-day vow, just as King Rukmaiigada did, by sitting on an elephant and sounding big drums.

HBV 13.6

Source

अथा हि नारदीये [२.२३.३३-३४]— प्रातर् हरि-दिनꣳ लोकास् तिष्ठध्वꣳ चैक-भोजनाः । अक्षार-लवणाः सर्वे हविष्यान्न-निषेविणः

athā hi nāradīye [2.23.33-34]— prātar hari-dinaṁ lokās tiṣṭhadhvaṁ caika-bhojanāḥ | akṣāra-lavaṇāḥ sarve haviṣyānna-niṣeviṇaḥ

English translation

O citizens, tomorrow is Ekadasi, the day of Lord Hari, and so today, you should eat havisydnna just once and avoid eating any salt or ksdra foods.

HBV 13.7

Source

अवनी-तल्प-शयनाः प्रिया-सङ्ग-विवर्जिताः । स्मरध्वꣳ देवम् ईशानꣳ पुराणꣳ पुरुषोत्तमम् । सकृद्-भोजन-सꣳसक्ता द्वादश्याꣳ च भविष्यथ

avanī-talpa-śayanāḥ priyā-saṅga-vivarjitāḥ | smaradhvaṁ devam īśānaṁ purāṇaṁ puruṣottamam | sakṛd-bhojana-saṁsaktā dvādaśyāṁ ca bhaviṣyatha

English translation

During these three days, you should sleep on the floor and avoid sex indulgence. In this way, fix your mind on the lotus feet of Lord Krsna, the supreme controller and the primeval Personality of Godhead. You should eat only once on Dvadasi, as well.

HBV 13.8

Source

किꣳ च— वरꣳ स्व-मातृ-गमनꣳ वरꣳ गो-माꣳस-भक्षनम् । वरꣳ हत्या सुरा-पानꣳ नैकादश्याꣳ तु भोजनम्

kiṁ ca— varaṁ sva-mātṛ-gamanaṁ varaṁ go-māṁsa-bhakṣanam | varaṁ hatyā surā-pānaṁ naikādaśyāṁ tu bhojanam

English translation

Eating grains on Ekadasi is more abominable than having sex with one's mother, eating beef, killing, or drinking wine. Therefore, one should never eat grains on Ekadasi.

HBV 13.9

Source

अथ क्षाराः— तिल-मुद्गादृते शस्यꣳ शम्यꣳ गो-धूमको द्रवाः । चणकꣳ देव-धान्यꣳ च एष क्षार-गणः स्मृतः

atha kṣārāḥ— tila-mudgādṛte śasyaṁ śamyaṁ go-dhūmako dravāḥ | caṇakaṁ deva-dhānyaṁ ca eṣa kṣāra-gaṇaḥ smṛtaḥ

English translation

The ksdra preparations are grains, except sesame seeds, mung, saml rice, godhuma, koda rice, peas, and deva rice.

HBV 13.10–13

Source

अथ हविष्याणि— हैमन्तिकꣳ सितास्विन्नꣳ धान्यꣳ मुद्गा यवास् तिलाः । कलाय-कङ्गुनी-वारा वास्तूकꣳ हिल-मोचिका षष्ठिका काल-शाकꣳ च मूलकꣳ केमुकेतरत् । कन्दꣳ सैन्धव-सामुद्रे गव्ये च दधि-सर्पिषी पयो’नुद्धृत-सारꣳ च पनसाम्रे हरीतकी । पिप्पली जीरकꣳ चैव नागरङ्गꣳ च तिन्तिडी कदली लवली धात्री फलान्य् अगुडम् ऐक्षवम् । अतैल-पक्वꣳ मुनयो हविष्याणि प्रचक्षते

atha haviṣyāṇi— haimantikaṁ sitāsvinnaṁ dhānyaṁ mudgā yavās tilāḥ | kalāya-kaṅgunī-vārā vāstūkaṁ hila-mocikā ṣaṣṭhikā kāla-śākaṁ ca mūlakaṁ kemuketarat | kandaṁ saindhava-sāmudre gavye ca dadhi-sarpiṣī payo’nuddhṛta-sāraṁ ca panasāmre harītakī | pippalī jīrakaṁ caiva nāgaraṅgaṁ ca tintiḍī kadalī lavalī dhātrī phalāny aguḍam aikṣavam | ataila-pakvaṁ munayo haviṣyāṇi pracakṣate

English translation

,., SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

payo'nuddhrta sdranca panasdmre haritakl pippali jirakancaiva ndgarahganca tintidi kadali lavali dhdtri phaldni gudam aiksavam ataila pakvarh munayo havisydni pracaksate O sages! Unboiled white rice that grows during the period of October to December, mung dal, barley, sesame, peas, kaon, nivdra, syama rice, bethuya sdk, helencd sdk, salinca sdk, kdla sdk, radish, sweet potato, saindhava salt, ocean salt, cow's yogurt, cow's ghee, milk without taking out the cream, jackfruit, mango, long pepper, cumin seeds, oranges, tamarind, bananas, gourd, emoblic myrobalam, other fruit, sugar, sugar candy, and preparations that are not fried can be used for making havisya.

HBV 13.14

Source

स्कान्दे— काꣳस्यꣳ माꣳसꣳ मसूरꣳ च क्षौद्रꣳ चानृत-भाषणम् । पुनर् भोजनम् आयासꣳ दशम्याꣳ परिवर्जयेत्

skānde— kāṁsyaṁ māṁsaṁ masūraṁ ca kṣaudraṁ cānṛta-bhāṣaṇam | punar bhojanam āyāsaṁ daśamyāṁ parivarjayet

English translation

One should avoid using plates made of bell metal, animal flesh, masura dal, honey, speaking lies, eating more than once, and exercising one's body.

HBV 13.15

Source

कौर्मे— काꣳस्यꣳ माꣳसꣳ मसूरꣳ च चनकꣳ कोर-दूषकान् । शाकꣳ मधु परान्नꣳ च त्यजेद् उपवसन् स्त्रियम्

kaurme— kāṁsyaṁ māṁsaṁ masūraṁ ca canakaṁ kora-dūṣakān | śākaṁ madhu parānnaṁ ca tyajed upavasan striyam

English translation

While observing a fast, one should renounce the use of bell metal pots, animal flesh, masura dal, peas, koda rice, spinach, honey, fried rice, and sexual intercourse.

HBV 13.16

Source

किꣳ च— काꣳस्यꣳ माꣳसꣳ मसूरꣳ च पुनर्-भोजन-मैथुनम् । द्यूतमत्य् अम्बु-पानꣳ च दशम्याꣳ सप्त वर्जयेत्

kiṁ ca— kāṁsyaṁ māṁsaṁ masūraṁ ca punar-bhojana-maithunam | dyūtamaty ambu-pānaṁ ca daśamyāṁ sapta varjayet

English translation

Bell metal, masura dal, eating twice a day, playing chess, and drinking too much water should be avoided on Dasami.

HBV 13.17

Source

मात्स्ये— काꣳस्यꣳ माꣳसꣳ सुराꣳ क्षौद्रꣳ तैलꣳ वितथ-भाषणम् । व्यायामꣳ च प्रवासꣳ च दिवा-स्वापꣳ च मैथुनम् । शिला-पिष्टꣳ मसूरꣳ च द्वादशैतानि सन्त्यजेत्

mātsye— kāṁsyaṁ māṁsaṁ surāṁ kṣaudraṁ tailaṁ vitatha-bhāṣaṇam | vyāyāmaṁ ca pravāsaṁ ca divā-svāpaṁ ca maithunam | śilā-piṣṭaṁ masūraṁ ca dvādaśaitāni santyajet

English translation

One should give up these following twelve things—bell metal, flesh, wine, honey, oil, telling lies, exercise, traveling, sleeping during the day, enjoying sex, any paste that was ground by a machine, and masura dal.

HBV 13.18

Source

स्मृत्य्-अन्तरे— दशम्याम् एक-भक्तꣳ तु कुर्वीत नियतेन्द्रियः । आचम्य दन्त-काष्ठꣳ तु खादयेत् तद्-अनन्तरम्

smṛty-antare— daśamyām eka-bhaktaṁ tu kurvīta niyatendriyaḥ | ācamya danta-kāṣṭhaṁ tu khādayet tad-anantaram

English translation

One should eat only once on Dasami, control his senses, and brush his teeth after eating havisyanna. One should not brush his teeth on Ekadasi.

HBV 13.19

Source

उक्तꣳ च ब्रह्म-वैवर्ते— दशम्याꣳ दन्त-काष्ठेन जिह्वाꣳ लेखयते यदा । द्वादशी-नियमार्थाय निराशः स्याद् यमस् तदा

uktaṁ ca brahma-vaivarte— daśamyāṁ danta-kāṣṭhena jihvāṁ lekhayate yadā | dvādaśī-niyamārthāya nirāśaḥ syād yamas tadā

English translation

When one brushes his teeth and cleans his tongue after having his meal on Dasami, prior to observing the vow of Ekadasi or Dvadasi, Yamaraja will lose all hope of torturing him to hell.

HBV 13.20

Source

निर्मार्जयति तत् पापꣳ पटस्थꣳ दीन-मानसः । अभुक्त-कर्मा सꣳयाति पातकी वैष्णवꣳ पदम्

nirmārjayati tat pāpaṁ paṭasthaṁ dīna-mānasaḥ | abhukta-karmā saṁyāti pātakī vaiṣṇavaṁ padam

English translation

Yamaraja must sadly remove his name from the list of sinners and he will not suffer the consequences of his sinful activities due to fasting on Ekadasi.

HBV 13.21

Source

दिनार्ध-समये’तीते भुज्यते नियमेन यत् । एक-भक्तम् इति प्रोक्तꣳ कर्तव्यꣳ तत् प्रयत्नतः इति ।

dinārdha-samaye’tīte bhujyate niyamena yat | eka-bhaktam iti proktaṁ kartavyaṁ tat prayatnataḥ iti |

English translation

Taking one's meal regularly just after noon is called ekabhakta. One should carefully observe this practice.

HBV 13.22

Source

ततो रात्रिꣳ नयेताꣳ च ब्रह्मचारी जितेन्द्रियः । भगवन्तꣳ स्मरन् भक्त्या भूमि-शायी सुखꣳ स्वपन्

tato rātriṁ nayetāṁ ca brahmacārī jitendriyaḥ | bhagavantaṁ smaran bhaktyā bhūmi-śāyī sukhaṁ svapan

English translation

On the night of Dasami, one should observe strict celibacy, remember the Supreme Lord, and spend the night being satisfied to rest by lying on the floor.

HBV 13.23

Source

प्रातः स्नात्वार्चयित्वा च भगवन्तꣳ यथा-विधि । ताम्र-पात्रꣳ समादाय व्रत-सङ्कल्पम् आचरेत्

prātaḥ snātvārcayitvā ca bhagavantaṁ yathā-vidhi | tāmra-pātraṁ samādāya vrata-saṅkalpam ācaret

English translation

One should bathe early in the morning and worship the Supreme Lord while following prescribed rules and regulations. Then, one should take a copper plate and make a formal vow.

HBV 13.24

Source

तथा चोक्तꣳ देवलेन— गृहीत्वौडुम्बरꣳ पात्रꣳ वारि-पूर्णम् उदङ्-मुखः । उपवासꣳ तु गृह्णीयाद् यद् वा सङ्कल्पयेद् बुधः

tathā coktaṁ devalena— gṛhītvauḍumbaraṁ pātraṁ vāri-pūrṇam udaṅ-mukhaḥ | upavāsaṁ tu gṛhṇīyād yad vā saṅkalpayed budhaḥ

English translation

An learned devotee should dip a fig leaf in water kept in a copper pot and then make a formal vow, while sitting facing east.

HBV 13.25

Source

एकादश्याꣳ निराहारः स्थित्वाहम् अपरे’हनि । भोक्ष्यामि पुण्डरीकाक्ष शरणꣳ मे भवाच्युत इति ।

ekādaśyāṁ nirāhāraḥ sthitvāham apare’hani | bhokṣyāmi puṇḍarīkākṣa śaraṇaṁ me bhavācyuta iti |

English translation

O lotus-eyed Lord! O Acyuta! I will observe fasting on Ekadasi and break my fast on DvadasL Please be merciful to me so that I may not break my vow.

HBV 13.26

Source

उच्चारयन् इमꣳ मन्त्रꣳ श्री-कृष्ण-चरणाब्जयोः । पुष्पाञ्जलिꣳ समर्प्याथ मन्त्र-पूतꣳ जलꣳ पिबेत्

uccārayan imaṁ mantraṁ śrī-kṛṣṇa-caraṇābjayoḥ | puṣpāñjaliṁ samarpyātha mantra-pūtaṁ jalaṁ pibet

English translation

.,.. SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA puspanjalim samarpyatha rnantraputam jalarh pivet After chanting this mantra and offering some flowers at the lotus feet of the Lord, one should drink a little purified water.

HBV 13.27

Source

तद् उक्तꣳ मार्कण्डेयेन— अष्टाक्षरेण मन्त्रेण त्रि-जप्तेनाभिमन्त्रितम् । उपवास-फलꣳ प्रेप्सुः पिबेत् तोयꣳ समाहितः

tad uktaṁ mārkaṇḍeyena— aṣṭākṣareṇa mantreṇa tri-japtenābhimantritam | upavāsa-phalaṁ prepsuḥ pibet toyaṁ samāhitaḥ

English translation

Those who wish to obtain the full benefit of fasting should sip some purified water and chant the eight-syllable mantra three times.

HBV 13.28

Source

देवार्चनꣳ ततः कृत्वा पुष्पाञ्जलिम् अथापि वा । सङ्कल्प-मन्त्रम् उच्चार्य देवाय विनिवेदयेत्

devārcanaṁ tataḥ kṛtvā puṣpāñjalim athāpi vā | saṅkalpa-mantram uccārya devāya vinivedayet

English translation

After doing so, one should worship Lord Krsna and offer Him flowers, or recite mantras for making a formal vow and sip some purified water.

HBV 13.29

Source

दशम्याꣳ चार्ध-रात्रोपर्य्-अनुवृत्तौ पुरःसरान् । एकादश्याश् चतुर्यामान् हित्वा सङ्कल्पम् आचरेत्

daśamyāṁ cārdha-rātropary-anuvṛttau puraḥsarān | ekādaśyāś caturyāmān hitvā saṅkalpam ācaret

English translation

If Dasami continues after midnight, one should wait twelve hours and then make a fresh vow by chanting mantras.

HBV 13.30

Source

तथा चोक्तꣳ— दशम्याः सङ्ग-दोषेण अर्ध-रात्रात् परेण तु । वर्जयेच् चतुरो यामान् सङ्कल्पार्चनयोस् तदा

tathā coktaṁ— daśamyāḥ saṅga-doṣeṇa ardha-rātrāt pareṇa tu | varjayec caturo yāmān saṅkalpārcanayos tadā

English translation

If DasamI continues after midnight, one should worship the Lord and make a formal vow only after the polluted Ekadasi is over.

HBV 13.31

Source

नारदीये च— पूर्वायाः सङ्ग-दोषणिकादश्याꣳ स्नान-पूजने । वर्जयन्ति नराः पूर्वान् यामाꣳश् च चतुरो द्विज । तद् ऊर्ध्वꣳ स्नान-पूजादि कर्तव्यꣳ तद्-उपोषितैः

nāradīye ca— pūrvāyāḥ saṅga-doṣaṇikādaśyāṁ snāna-pūjane | varjayanti narāḥ pūrvān yāmāṁś ca caturo dvija | tad ūrdhvaṁ snāna-pūjādi kartavyaṁ tad-upoṣitaiḥ

English translation

Because of the touch of DasamI, one should wait for twelve hours on Ekadasi and then perform his worship and bathing, and then make his vow.

HBV 13.32

Source

न दिवा शुद्धिम् आप्नोति तदा रात्रौ विधीयते । दिन-कार्यम् अशेषꣳ च कर्तव्यꣳ शर्वरी-मुखे

na divā śuddhim āpnoti tadā rātrau vidhīyate | dina-kāryam aśeṣaṁ ca kartavyaṁ śarvarī-mukhe

English translation

If the duties prescribed for Ekadasi cannot be performed during the daytime for some reason, they should be performed in the evening.

HBV 13.33

Source

ततश् च भगवद्-भक्त्या परिचर्यादि-रूपया । दिन रात्रिꣳ च गमयेद् उपवास-परो बुधः

tataś ca bhagavad-bhaktyā paricaryādi-rūpayā | dina rātriṁ ca gamayed upavāsa-paro budhaḥ

English translation

Intelligent persons who have made the above-mentioned vow should spend their days and nights engaging in the various limbs of devotional service.

HBV 13.34

Source

तद्-उक्तꣳ स्कान्दे— सꣳपूज्य देवदेवेशꣳ भक्त्या परमया युतः । अहोरात्रꣳ क्षिपेद् धीमान् उपवास-फलाप्तये

tad-uktaṁ skānde— saṁpūjya devadeveśaṁ bhaktyā paramayā yutaḥ | ahorātraṁ kṣiped dhīmān upavāsa-phalāptaye

English translation

To obtain the full benefit of fasting, intelligent persons should spend their days and nights worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Krsna.

HBV 13.35

Source

गृह्यपरिशिष्ट-कात्यायनस्मृति-विष्णुधर्म-ब्रह्मवैवर्तादिषु— उपावृत्तस्य पापेभ्यो यस्तु वासो गुणैः सह । उपवासः स विज्ञेयः सर्वभोगविवर्जितः

gṛhyapariśiṣṭa-kātyāyanasmṛti-viṣṇudharma-brahmavaivartādiṣu— upāvṛttasya pāpebhyo yastu vāso guṇaiḥ saha | upavāsaḥ sa vijñeyaḥ sarvabhogavivarjitaḥ

English translation

and Brahma'vaivarta Purana it is stated) upavrttasya pdpebhyo yastu vdso guriaih saha upavdsah sa vijneh sarvabhoga vivarjjitah Fasting also means abstaining from sinful activities and material enjoyment, while maintaining the proper code of conduct.

HBV 13.36

Source

उक्तꣳ च शातातपेन— गन्धालङ्कार-वासाꣳसि पुष्प-माल्यानुलेपनम् । उपवासेन दुष्यन्ति दन्त-धावनम् अञ्जनम्

uktaṁ ca śātātapena— gandhālaṅkāra-vāsāṁsi puṣpa-mālyānulepanam | upavāsena duṣyanti danta-dhāvanam añjanam

English translation

Applying cosmetics; wearing jewelry, new clothes, and flower garlands; applying sandalwood paste; using a tooth brush; and putting ointment on the eyes pollute the observance of an Ekadasi.

HBV 13.37

Source

श्रीव्यासेन च— पुष्पालङ्कार-वस्त्राणि गन्ध-धूपानुलेपनम् । उपवासे च दुष्यन्ति दन्त-धावनम् अञ्जनम्

śrīvyāsena ca— puṣpālaṅkāra-vastrāṇi gandha-dhūpānulepanam | upavāse ca duṣyanti danta-dhāvanam añjanam

English translation

Wearing flower garlands, jewelry, and new clothes; applying sandalwood paste; smelling incense; using a tooth brush; and applying ointment to the eyes pollutes a fast.

HBV 13.38

Source

श्रीसुमन्तुना— विहितस्याननुष्ठानम् इन्द्रियाणाम् अनिग्रहः । निषिद्ध-सेवनꣳ नित्यꣳ वर्जनीयꣳ प्रयत्नतः

śrīsumantunā— vihitasyānanuṣṭhānam indriyāṇām anigrahaḥ | niṣiddha-sevanaṁ nityaṁ varjanīyaṁ prayatnataḥ

English translation

To not follow the rules and regulations prescribed in sastra, to not control the senses, and to indulge in activities prohibited in sastra.

HBV 13.39

Source

स्द्त्द्तपेन्द्पि (सगे सततप हस् सैद्) असत्य भ्&द्नर्ह् धुतर्ह् दिव स्व्द्पन्च मैथुनम् एक्द्दस्य्द्र्ह् र्xअ कुर्व्व्ल्त उपव्द्सपरो नरह्

sdtdtapendpi (Sage Satatapa has said) asatya bh&dnarh dhutarh diva svdpanca maithunam ekddasydrh rxa kurvvlta upavdsaparo narah

English translation

Those who observe the vow of Ekadasi should avoid speaking lies, sleeping during the day, and indulging in sexual intercourse.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 13.40

Source

किꣳ च विष्णुधर्मेषु— पाषण्डिभिर् असꣳस्पर्शम् असम्भाषणम् एव च । विष्णोर् आराधन-परैर् एतत् कार्यम् उपोषितैः

kiṁ ca viṣṇudharmeṣu— pāṣaṇḍibhir asaṁsparśam asambhāṣaṇam eva ca | viṣṇor ārādhana-parair etat kāryam upoṣitaiḥ

English translation

Devotees of Lord Visnu who observe a fast should neither associate with not speak to atheists.

HBV 13.41

Source

श्रीविष्णुपुराणे— तस्मात् पाषण्डिभिः पापैर् आलाप-स्पर्शने त्यजेत् । विशेषतः क्रिया-काले यज्ञादौ चापि दीक्षितः

śrīviṣṇupurāṇe— tasmāt pāṣaṇḍibhiḥ pāpair ālāpa-sparśane tyajet | viśeṣataḥ kriyā-kāle yajñādau cāpi dīkṣitaḥ

English translation

One should give up associating with and conversing with sinful atheists, especially while observing a vow or performing a sacrifice.

HBV 13.42

Source

तत्रैवोक्तम्— तस्यावलोकनात् सूर्यꣳ पश्येत मतिमान् नरः

tatraivoktam— tasyāvalokanāt sūryaṁ paśyeta matimān naraḥ

English translation

tatraivoktam (In the same literature it is stated) tasydvalokandt suryyarh pasyeta matirndnnarah If an intelligent person happens to see an atheist on a fast day, he should purify himself by looking directly at the sun.

HBV 13.43

Source

विष्णुधर्मे च— सꣳस्पर्शे च बुधः स्नात्वा शुचिराद् इत्यदर्शनात् । सम्भाष्य तान् शुचिषदꣳ चिन्तयेद् अच्युतꣳ बुधः

viṣṇudharme ca— saṁsparśe ca budhaḥ snātvā śucirād ityadarśanāt | sambhāṣya tān śuciṣadaṁ cintayed acyutaṁ budhaḥ

English translation

If an intelligent person meets a godless man, he should bathe and look at the sun to become purified. And, if a wise man speaks with an atheist, he should quickly remember Lord Acyuta.

HBV 13.44

Source

भविष्ये— क्षमा सत्यꣳ दया मौनꣳ शौचम् इन्द्रिय-निग्रहः । देव-पूजाग्निहवनꣳ सन्तोष-स्तेय-वर्जनम् । सर्वव्रतेष्व् अयꣳ धर्मः सामान्यो दशधा स्थितः

bhaviṣye— kṣamā satyaṁ dayā maunaṁ śaucam indriya-nigrahaḥ | deva-pūjāgnihavanaṁ santoṣa-steya-varjanam | sarvavrateṣv ayaṁ dharmaḥ sāmānyo daśadhā sthitaḥ

English translation

Forgiveness, truthfulness, compassion, silence, purity, control of the senses, worship of the Lord, performance of fire sacrifice, satisfaction, and abstaining from stealing.

HBV 13.45

Source

पाद्मे च श्री-यम-धूम्रकेतु-सꣳवादे— दशम्याꣳ सꣳयमꣳ कृत्वा व्रताहे नियतेन्द्रियः । क्रोध-हिꣳसा-विहीनश् च कृष्ण-कीर्त्या दिनꣳ नयेत्

pādme ca śrī-yama-dhūmraketu-saṁvāde— daśamyāṁ saṁyamaṁ kṛtvā vratāhe niyatendriyaḥ | krodha-hiṁsā-vihīnaś ca kṛṣṇa-kīrtyā dinaṁ nayet

English translation

that is found in the Padma Purdna, it is stated) dasmydm sarhyamarh krtvd vratdhe niyatendriyah krodha hirhsd vihinasca krsnakirttyd dinarh nayet While remaining self-restrained on Dasami and Ekadasi, one should spend his day and night glorifying Lord Krsna while remaining aloof from anger and acts of violence.

HBV 13.46

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— तज्-जप्यꣳ तज्-जप-ध्यानꣳ तत्-कथा-श्रवणादिकम् । तद्-अर्चनꣳ च तन्-नाम-कीर्तन-श्रवणादयः । उपवास-कृता ह्य् एते गुणाः प्रोक्ता मनीषिभिः

viṣṇu-dharmottare— taj-japyaṁ taj-japa-dhyānaṁ tat-kathā-śravaṇādikam | tad-arcanaṁ ca tan-nāma-kīrtana-śravaṇādayaḥ | upavāsa-kṛtā hy ete guṇāḥ proktā manīṣibhiḥ

English translation

Learned authorities have said that chanting the holy names of the Lord, chanting mantras in relation co the Supreme Lord, meditating on the transcendental form of the Lord, hearing and chanting about His qualities and pastimes, and worshiping Him are the best activities to be performed on a fast day.

,C2 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.47

Source

उक्तꣳ च विष्णु-धर्मेषु— उपवासी हरिꣳ यस् तु भक्त्या ध्यायति मानवः । तज्-जप्य-जापी तत्-कर्म-रतस् तद्-गत-मानसः । निष्कामो दैत्यवद् ब्रह्म-पदम् आप्नोत्य् असꣳशयम्

uktaṁ ca viṣṇu-dharmeṣu— upavāsī hariṁ yas tu bhaktyā dhyāyati mānavaḥ | taj-japya-jāpī tat-karma-ratas tad-gata-mānasaḥ | niṣkāmo daityavad brahma-padam āpnoty asaṁśayam

English translation

visnu dharrnesu (In the Visnu-dharma it is stated) upavdsi harim yastu bhaktyd dhydyati mdnavah tajjapya - jdpl tat karma ratastadagat mdnasah niskdmo daitya vad brahmd padma apnotyasarhsayam If one who is observing a fast meditates on Lord Hari with devotion, chants mantras in relation to Him, engages in His devotional service, meditates upon His lotus feet, and remains aloof from sense gratification, he will undoubtedly attain the transcendental abode of the Lord, Vaikuntha, just as Prahlada did.

HBV 13.48

Source

तत्र कात्यायनः— ब्रह्मचर्य-समायुक्त उपवासꣳ चरेन् नरः

tatra kātyāyanaḥ— brahmacarya-samāyukta upavāsaṁ caren naraḥ

English translation

While fasting, one must observe strict celibacy.

HBV 13.49

Source

देवलꣳ च— ब्रह्मचर्य-महिꣳसा च सत्यम् आमिष-वर्जनम् । व्रतेष्व् एतानि चत्वारि चरितव्यानि नित्यशः

devalaṁ ca— brahmacarya-mahiṁsā ca satyam āmiṣa-varjanam | vrateṣv etāni catvāri caritavyāni nityaśaḥ

English translation

Celibacy, non-violence, truthfulness, and abstinence from meat, fish, or eggs—these four things must be observed on a fast day.

THIRTEENTHJVILASA

HBV 13.50

Source

किञ्च— असकृज् जलपानाच् च सकृत् ताम्बुल-भक्षणात् । उपवासः प्रदुष्येत दिवास्वापाच् च मैथुनात्

kiñca— asakṛj jalapānāc ca sakṛt tāmbula-bhakṣaṇāt | upavāsaḥ praduṣyeta divāsvāpāc ca maithunāt

English translation

Drinking water again and again, chewing betel nuts even once, sleeping during the day, and enjoying sexual intercourse pollutes fasting.

HBV 13.51

Source

किञ्च— दन्तधावन-ताम्बूल-दिवास्वापाच्च मैथुनात् । असकृज् जलपानाच् च नोपवासफलꣳ लभेत्

kiñca— dantadhāvana-tāmbūla-divāsvāpācca maithunāt | asakṛj jalapānāc ca nopavāsaphalaṁ labhet

English translation

One will lose the benefit of fasting if he uses a tooth brush, chews betel nuts, sleeps during the day, indulges in sexual intercourse, or drinks water again and again.

HBV 13.52

Source

तत्रैवोक्तानि— स्त्रीणाꣳ तु प्रेक्षणात् स्पर्शात् ताभिः सꣳकथनाद् अपि । विपद्यते ब्रह्मचर्यꣳ न दारेष्व् ऋतु-सङ्गमात् इति ।

tatraivoktāni— strīṇāṁ tu prekṣaṇāt sparśāt tābhiḥ saṁkathanād api | vipadyate brahmacaryaṁ na dāreṣv ṛtu-saṅgamāt iti |

English translation

Looking at a woman with lust, touching a woman, or talking with a woman goes against one's vow of celibacy whereas enjoying sexual intercourse with one's wife during the prescribed days, except on a fast day, does not go against one's vow of celibacy.

HBV 13.53

Source

ततो नित्यार्चनꣳ कृत्वा हरि-घस्रोत्सवार्थिकाम् । कृत्वा सायꣳ महापूजाꣳ कुर्याज् जागरणꣳ निशि

tato nityārcanaṁ kṛtvā hari-ghasrotsavārthikām | kṛtvā sāyaṁ mahāpūjāṁ kuryāj jāgaraṇaṁ niśi

English translation

After completing one's daily worship, one should perform the special worship that is prescribed for his vow and then remain awake throughout the entire night.

HBV 13.54

Source

ब्राह्मे— देवस्योपरि कुर्वीत श्रद्धया सुसमाहितः । नाना-पुष्पैर् मुनि-श्रेष्ठ विशिष्टꣳ पुष्प-मण्डपम्

brāhme— devasyopari kurvīta śraddhayā susamāhitaḥ | nānā-puṣpair muni-śreṣṭha viśiṣṭaṁ puṣpa-maṇḍapam

English translation

O great sage, with devotion, one should build a beautiful flower decoration around one's worshipable Lord, using various types of flowers.

HBV 13.55–58

Source

किꣳ च तत्रैव— एकादश्याम् उभौ पक्षौ निराहारा समाहितः । स्नात्वा सम्यग् विधानेन धौत-वासा जितेन्द्रियः सꣳपूज्य विधिवद् विष्णुꣳ श्रद्धयातिसमाहितः । पुष्पैर् गन्धैस् तथा धूपैर् दीपैर् नवेद्यकैः परैः उपहारैर् बहु-विधैर् जप-होम-प्रदक्षिणैः । स्तोत्रैर् नाना-विधैर् नृत्य-गीत-वाद्यैर् मनोरमैः दण्डवत्-प्रणिपातैश् च जय-शब्दैस् तथोत्तमैः । एवꣳ सम्पूज्य विधिवद् रात्रौ कुर्यात् प्रजागरम्

kiṁ ca tatraiva— ekādaśyām ubhau pakṣau nirāhārā samāhitaḥ | snātvā samyag vidhānena dhauta-vāsā jitendriyaḥ saṁpūjya vidhivad viṣṇuṁ śraddhayātisamāhitaḥ | puṣpair gandhais tathā dhūpair dīpair navedyakaiḥ paraiḥ upahārair bahu-vidhair japa-homa-pradakṣiṇaiḥ | stotrair nānā-vidhair nṛtya-gīta-vādyair manoramaiḥ daṇḍavat-praṇipātaiś ca jaya-śabdais tathottamaiḥ | evaṁ sampūjya vidhivad rātrau kuryāt prajāgaram

English translation

During Ekadasi of both the waxing moon and waning moon, one should control his mind and senses, abstain from eating, bathe according to the injunctions of the scriptures, dress in clean clothes, and worship Lord Visnu with faith by offering Him sandalwood paste, flowers, incense, a ghee lamp, food, and other paraphernalia. After doing so, one should chant various mantras, perform a fire sacrifice, circumambulate the Lord, offer suitable prayers, sing songs in glorification of the Lord, play musical instruments, and dance in ecstasy. One should then offer obeisances to the Lord by falling flat onto the ground while exclaiming, Jayal Jayal He should then remain awake the entire night.

HBV 13.59

Source

कथाꣳ वा गीतिकाꣳ वापि कुर्याद् विष्णु-परायणः । याति विष्णोः परꣳ स्थानꣳ नरो नास्त्य् अत्र सꣳशयः

kathāṁ vā gītikāṁ vāpi kuryād viṣṇu-parāyaṇaḥ | yāti viṣṇoḥ paraṁ sthānaṁ naro nāsty atra saṁśayaḥ

English translation

Devotees of Lord Visnu should congregationally sing songs or discuss the scriptures. By doing this, they will undoubtedly attain the supreme abode of the Lord.

HBV 13.60

Source

भविष्ये च— एकादश्य्-उपरोधे तु रात्रौ सꣳपूजयेद् धरिम् । ताꣳ च रात्रिꣳ यथा-शक्ति पुराण-श्रवणादिना

bhaviṣye ca— ekādaśy-uparodhe tu rātrau saṁpūjayed dharim | tāṁ ca rātriṁ yathā-śakti purāṇa-śravaṇādinā

English translation

On the night of Ekadasi, one should faithfully worship Lord Visnu, observing all the prescribed rules and regulations, and remain awake the entire night discussing the Puranas and performing other devotional activities.

,,-,- SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.61

Source

वैष्णवान् जागरेऽभ्यर्च्य तीर्थꣳ शङ्खोदकान्वितम् । तेभ्यो दत्त्वा स्वयꣳ प्राश्य विद्वान् स्तोत्रादिकꣳ पठेत्

vaiṣṇavān jāgare'bhyarcya tīrthaṁ śaṅkhodakānvitam | tebhyo dattvā svayaṁ prāśya vidvān stotrādikaṁ paṭhet

English translation

To greet the assembled devotees of Lord Visnu, one should sprinkle some Ganges water, or water from a conch shell, on them and on his own head, and then recite appropriate prayers.

HBV 13.62

Source

पुराणादि ततः श्रुत्वा गीत-नृत्यादिकꣳ स्वयम् । कुर्यात् पश्येच् च पारक्यꣳ वारयेन् न हसेन् न च

purāṇādi tataḥ śrutvā gīta-nṛtyādikaṁ svayam | kuryāt paśyec ca pārakyaṁ vārayen na hasen na ca

English translation

After hearing narrations of the Puranas, one should personally sing and dance and watch others sing and dance. One should never stop anyone who is dancing, nor make fun of anyone.

HBV 13.63

Source

पाद्मे— निवारयति यो गीतꣳ नृत्यꣳ जागरणे हरेः । षष्टियुगसहस्राणि पच्यते रौरवादिषु

pādme— nivārayati yo gītaṁ nṛtyaṁ jāgaraṇe hareḥ | ṣaṣṭiyugasahasrāṇi pacyate rauravādiṣu

English translation

pddme (In the Padma Purana it is stated) nivdrayati yo gitarh nrtyarh jdgarane hareh sastim yuga sahasrdni pacyate rauravddisu One who forbids others to sing and dance while remaining awake at night, will rot in hell for sixty thousand yugas.

HBV 13.64

Source

नृत्यमानस्य मर्त्यस्य उपहासꣳ करोति यः । जागरे याति निरयꣳ यावद् इन्द्राश्चतुर्दृशा

nṛtyamānasya martyasya upahāsaṁ karoti yaḥ | jāgare yāti nirayaṁ yāvad indrāścaturdṛśā

English translation

One who makes fun of those who are dancing while remaining awake the entire night will have to reside in hell for one full kalpa.

HBV 13.65

Source

स्कान्दे— यमेन सूचितꣳ तस्य नरकꣳ यातनाकुलम् । मुखꣳ न तस्य द्रष्टव्यꣳ येन दृष्टा न जागरः

skānde— yamena sūcitaṁ tasya narakaṁ yātanākulam | mukhaṁ na tasya draṣṭavyaṁ yena dṛṣṭā na jāgaraḥ

English translation

skdnde (In the Skanda Parana it is stated) yamena sucitarh tasya narakarh ydtandkulam mukharh na tasya drastavyarh yena dhrsto najdgarah Yamaraja has declared—those who do not watch others dance while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi will suffer hellish life and are unfit to be seen.

HBV 13.66

Source

किञ्च— उद्धृतꣳ नेत्रयुग्मꣳ तु दत्त्वा तु हृदये पदम् । कृतꣳ ये नैव पश्यन्ति प्राणिनो हरि-जागरम्

kiñca— uddhṛtaṁ netrayugmaṁ tu dattvā tu hṛdaye padam | kṛtaṁ ye naiva paśyanti prāṇino hari-jāgaram

English translation

Yamaraja sits on the chest and uproots the eyes of those who have not watched those who have remained awake the entire night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.67

Source

किञ्च— येषाꣳ चक्षुर्भवꣳ तेजः प्रदग्धꣳ कलि-वह्निना । न ते पश्यन्ति कृष्णस्य जागरꣳ न जनार्दनम्

kiñca— yeṣāṁ cakṣurbhavaṁ tejaḥ pradagdhaṁ kali-vahninā | na te paśyanti kṛṣṇasya jāgaraṁ na janārdanam

English translation

Only those whose vision has been burnt by the fire of Kali do not watch those who remain awake the night of Ekadasi, and Lord Krsna, the benefactor of everyone.

,co SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.68

Source

किञ्च— कलि-कल्मष-जातेन परमेणावृते ध्रुवम् । चक्षुषी पापिनी नृणाꣳ ये न पश्यन्ति जागरम्

kiñca— kali-kalmaṣa-jātena parameṇāvṛte dhruvam | cakṣuṣī pāpinī nṛṇāṁ ye na paśyanti jāgaram

English translation

Proud and deceitful Kali must have covered with sin the eyes of those who have no interest in watching those who worship the Lord during the night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.69

Source

स्कान्दे ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे— शृणु नारद वक्ष्यामि जागरस्य तु लक्षणम् । येन विज्ञातमात्रेण दुर्लभो न जनार्दनः

skānde brahma-nārada-saṁvāde— śṛṇu nārada vakṣyāmi jāgarasya tu lakṣaṇam | yena vijñātamātreṇa durlabho na janārdanaḥ

English translation

that is recorded in the Skanda Pur ana it is stated) srnu narada vaksyami jagarasya tu laksanarn yena vijndta rndtrena durllabho na janarddanah O Narada, hear now with attention as I describe to you the procedure for remaining awake at night. By understanding this, it will be easier for you to obtain Lord Janardana's mercy.

HBV 13.70–73

Source

गीतꣳ वाद्यꣳ च नृत्यꣳ च पुराणपठनꣳ तथा । धूपꣳ दीपꣳ च नैवेद्यꣳ पुष्प-गन्धानुलेपनम् फलम् अर्घ्यꣳ च श्रद्धा च दानम् इन्द्रिय-निग्रहः । सत्यान्वितꣳ विनिद्रꣳ च मुदायुक्तꣳ क्रियान्वितम् साश्चर्यꣳ चैव सोत्साहꣳ पापालस्यादिवर्जितम् । प्रदक्षिणाभिः सꣳयुक्तꣳ नमस्कार-पुरःसरम् नीराजन-समायुक्तम् अनिर्विण्णेन चेतसा । यामे यामे महाभाग कुर्याद् आरात्रिकꣳ हरेः । एतैर् गुणैः समायुक्तꣳ कुर्याज् जागणꣳ हरेः

gītaṁ vādyaṁ ca nṛtyaṁ ca purāṇapaṭhanaṁ tathā | dhūpaṁ dīpaṁ ca naivedyaṁ puṣpa-gandhānulepanam phalam arghyaṁ ca śraddhā ca dānam indriya-nigrahaḥ | satyānvitaṁ vinidraṁ ca mudāyuktaṁ kriyānvitam sāścaryaṁ caiva sotsāhaṁ pāpālasyādivarjitam | pradakṣiṇābhiḥ saṁyuktaṁ namaskāra-puraḥsaram nīrājana-samāyuktam anirviṇṇena cetasā | yāme yāme mahābhāga kuryād ārātrikaṁ hareḥ | etair guṇaiḥ samāyuktaṁ kuryāj jāgaṇaṁ hareḥ

English translation

While staying awake the entire night on Ekadasi, one should remain fully engaged by singing, playing musical instruments, dancing, reciting the Purdnas, burning incense and ghee lamps, offering food to the Lord, as well as flowers, sandalwood paste, fruit, and arghya with faith and devotion, giving charity, controlling one's senses, speaking truthfully, giving up idleness, engaging in blissful services to the Lord, enacting dramas, remaining enthusiastic, avoiding sinful activities, circumambulating the Deity, and offering obeisances and drti to the Lord.

HBV 13.74

Source

किञ्च— य एवꣳ कुरुते भक्त्या वित्तशाठ्यविवर्जितः । जागरꣳ वासरे विष्णोर्लीयते परमात्मनि

kiñca— ya evaṁ kurute bhaktyā vittaśāṭhyavivarjitaḥ | jāgaraṁ vāsare viṣṇorlīyate paramātmani

English translation

Those who give up miserliness and engage in these activities while remaining awake the night of Ekadasi will surely gain the association of Lord Visnu, the Supersoul of all living entities.

HBV 13.75

Source

धनवान् वित्तशाठ्येन यः करोति प्रजागरम् । तेनात्मा हारितो नूनꣳ कितवेन दुरात्मना

dhanavān vittaśāṭhyena yaḥ karoti prajāgaram | tenātmā hārito nūnaṁ kitavena durātmanā

English translation

The wicked person who, despite being a well-to-do gentleman, displays miserliness while remaining awake the entire night of Ekadasi, certainly cheats himself, and not the Lord.

HBV 13.76–78

Source

तत्रैव श्रीमदुमामहेश्वरसꣳवादे— स-शास्त्रꣳ जागरꣳ यच्च नृत्य-गान्धर्व-सꣳयुतम् । सवाद्यꣳ ताल-सꣳयुक्तꣳ स-दीपꣳ साधुभिर् युतम् उपचारैश् च सꣳयुक्तꣳ यथोक्तैर् भक्त-भावितैः । मनसस् तुष्टि-जननꣳ समुदꣳ लोक-रञ्जनम् गुणैर् द्वादशभिर् युक्तꣳ जागरꣳ माधवप्रियम् । कर्तव्यꣳ तत् प्रयत्नेन पक्षयोः शुक्लकृष्णयोः

tatraiva śrīmadumāmaheśvarasaṁvāde— sa-śāstraṁ jāgaraṁ yacca nṛtya-gāndharva-saṁyutam | savādyaṁ tāla-saṁyuktaṁ sa-dīpaṁ sādhubhir yutam upacāraiś ca saṁyuktaṁ yathoktair bhakta-bhāvitaiḥ | manasas tuṣṭi-jananaṁ samudaṁ loka-rañjanam guṇair dvādaśabhir yuktaṁ jāgaraṁ mādhavapriyam | kartavyaṁ tat prayatnena pakṣayoḥ śuklakṛṣṇayoḥ

English translation

recorded in the same literature, these verses are found) sasdstrarh j agar am yacca nrtya gdndharva sarhyutam savddyarh tdla sarhyuktam sadiparh sddhubhir yutam upacdraisca sarhyuktam yatha uktair bhakta bhdvitaih manasas tusti jananarh samudarh loka ranjanam gunair dvddasabhir yuktarh jdgararh mddhava priyam karttavyarh tat prayatnena paksayoh sukla krsnayoh While remaining awake the night of Ekadasi, one should study devotional literature, sing and dance according to methods prescribed in the literature dealing with music, light up the entire area with bright lamps, invite all the devotees, arrange for the required articles, cultivate devotional service, and remain satisfied while trying to please the Supreme Lord and His devotees. One should engage in all these activities during the night of both the Ekadasi of the waxing moon and the Ekadasi of the waning moon.

HBV 13.79–80

Source

किञ्च— परापवादयुक्तꣳ तु मनः प्रशम-वर्जितम् । शास्त्र-हीनम् अगान्धर्वꣳ तथा दीप-विवर्जितम् शक्त्योपचार-रहितम् उदासीनꣳ स-निद्रकम् । कलि-युक्तꣳ विशेषेण जागरꣳ नवधाधमम्

kiñca— parāpavādayuktaṁ tu manaḥ praśama-varjitam | śāstra-hīnam agāndharvaṁ tathā dīpa-vivarjitam śaktyopacāra-rahitam udāsīnaṁ sa-nidrakam | kali-yuktaṁ viśeṣeṇa jāgaraṁ navadhādhamam

English translation

Remaining awake all night on Ekadasi while blaspheming others, becoming agitated, giving up the study of the scriptures, engaging in worldly singing and dancing, failing to offer a ghee lamp, failing to collect the necessary paraphernalia because of miserliness, being idle, sleeping, or quarreling with others is considered useless.

HBV 13.81

Source

किꣳ च तत्रैव— अभावे वाचकस्याथ गीतꣳ नृत्यꣳ च कारयेत् । वाचके सति देवेशि पुराणꣳ प्रथमꣳ पठेत्

kiṁ ca tatraiva— abhāve vācakasyātha gītaṁ nṛtyaṁ ca kārayet | vācake sati deveśi purāṇaṁ prathamaṁ paṭhet

English translation

O goddess, if there is a lack of qualified persons to recite the scriptures then one should arrange for chanting and dancing. If there is someone qualified to recite the scriptures then he should begin with the Purdnas.

HBV 13.82

Source

स्कान्दे ब्रह्मनारद-सꣳवादे— सम्प्राप्ते वासरे विष्णोर् ये न कुर्वन्ति जागरम् । अतीतानागतान् वापि पातयिष्यन्ति पूर्वजान्

skānde brahmanārada-saṁvāde— samprāpte vāsare viṣṇor ye na kurvanti jāgaram | atītānāgatān vāpi pātayiṣyanti pūrvajān

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Purdna it is stated) samprdpte vdsare visnor ye na kurvvanti jdgaram atltdndgatdn vdpi pdtayisyanti purwajdn Past and future members of the families of those who do not remain awake on the night of Ekadasi will be degraded.

HBV 13.83

Source

अकुर्वाणाः प्रात्स्यन्ति पुत्र-धर्म-वसु-क्षयम् । जायते नरके वासः पितृभिः सह कालशः

akurvāṇāḥ prātsyanti putra-dharma-vasu-kṣayam | jāyate narake vāsaḥ pitṛbhiḥ saha kālaśaḥ

English translation

-,,-. SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA 5bl jdyate narake vdsah pitrbhih saha kdlasah Those who do not remain awake on the night of Ekadasi will be degraded. Their wealth, piety, and children will meet with destruction and they will reside in hell for a long period of time, along with their forefathers.

HBV 13.84

Source

न पुरश्चरणात् पापꣳ व्रतैर् दानैः समाधिभिः । विलयꣳ याति विप्रेन्द्रा विना द्वादशी-जागरम्

na puraścaraṇāt pāpaṁ vratair dānaiḥ samādhibhiḥ | vilayaṁ yāti viprendrā vinā dvādaśī-jāgaram

English translation

O exalted brdhmanas, without remaining awake on the night of Dvadasi, all of one's pious activities, such as the chanting ofmantras, giving of charity, or engaging in meditation, will go in vain. Remaining awake is an important act for attaining relief from sinful reactions. Therefore, it is an eternal function.

HBV 13.85

Source

तत्रैवोमा-महेश्वर-सꣳवादे— सꣳप्राप्ते वासरे विष्णोर्ये न कुर्वन्ति जागर । भ्रश्यते सुकृतꣳ तेषाꣳ वैष्णवानाꣳ च निन्दया

tatraivomā-maheśvara-saṁvāde— saṁprāpte vāsare viṣṇorye na kurvanti jāgara | bhraśyate sukṛtaṁ teṣāṁ vaiṣṇavānāṁ ca nindayā

English translation

that is found in the same Pur ana it is stated) sarhprdpte vdsare visnor ye na kurvvanti jdgaram bhrasyate sukrtarh tesdrh visnavdndhca nindayd Those who do not remain awake on the night of Ekadasi lose all their pious merit, just as one loses all piety by blaspheming a Vaisnava.

HBV 13.86

Source

मतिर् न जायते यस्य द्वादश्याꣳ जागरꣳ प्रति । न हि तस्याधिकारो’स्ति पूजने केशवस्य हि

matir na jāyate yasya dvādaśyāṁ jāgaraṁ prati | na hi tasyādhikāro’sti pūjane keśavasya hi

English translation

One who has no interest in remaining awake the entire night of Dvadasi certainly has not right to worship Lord Hari.

HBV 13.87

Source

अत एवोक्तꣳ ब्रह्मणा तत्रैव— हृदये वर्तते यस्य सदा योगेश्वरो हरिः । मतिर् उत्पद्यते तस्य द्वादशी-जागरोपरि इति ।

ata evoktaṁ brahmaṇā tatraiva— hṛdaye vartate yasya sadā yogeśvaro hariḥ | matir utpadyate tasya dvādaśī-jāgaropari iti |

English translation

One in whose heart Lord Hari, the master of mystic powers, resides, takes great pleasure in remaining awake throughout the night of Dvadasi.

HBV 13.88

Source

सामान्येन पुरालेखि गीत-वाद्यादि-नित्यता । अधुना लिख्यते सो’यꣳ जागरे च विशेषतः

sāmānyena purālekhi gīta-vādyādi-nityatā | adhunā likhyate so’yaṁ jāgare ca viśeṣataḥ

English translation

Singing and the playing of musical instruments has been described earlier in connection with the eternal worship of the Supreme Lord. Now, it is being described with regards to the present topics.

HBV 13.89

Source

स्कान्दे उमा-महेश्वर-सꣳवादे— मूकवत् तिष्ठते यो वै गानꣳ पाठꣳ च नाचरेत् । सप्त-जन्मसु मूकत्वꣳ जायते जागरे हरेः

skānde umā-maheśvara-saṁvāde— mūkavat tiṣṭhate yo vai gānaṁ pāṭhaṁ ca nācaret | sapta-janmasu mūkatvaṁ jāyate jāgare hareḥ

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Purana it is stated) muka vattisthate yo vai gdnarh pdthanca ndcaret saptajanma sumukatvarh jdyate jagare hareh While remaining awake all night, one who neither sings nor recites the scriptures but rather remains like a dumb animal will actually becomes dumb in his next seven lives.

-,rA SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.90

Source

यो न न्र्त्यति मुध्द्त्म्द् पुरतो ज्द्गरे हरेह् पन्गुत्वर्ह् ज्द्यते तस्य सप्तजन्मसु प्द्र्व्वति

yo na nrtyati mudhdtmd purato jdgare hareh pangutvarh jdyate tasya saptajanmasu pdrvvati

English translation

O Parvati, a foolish person who does not dance before Lord Hari while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi will be born as a lame man in his . next seven lives.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 13.91

Source

पाद्मे पक्षवर्धिनी-व्रत-प्रसङ्गे— स्तुवन्ति न प्रशꣳसन्ति ये जना जागरꣳ हरेः । नोत्सवो भवते तेषाꣳ गृहे जन्मानि सप्त च

pādme pakṣavardhinī-vrata-prasaṅge— stuvanti na praśaṁsanti ye janā jāgaraṁ hareḥ | notsavo bhavate teṣāṁ gṛhe janmāni sapta ca

English translation

No festival will take place in the houses of seven generations of the family of one who never glorifies the vow of remaining awake on the night of Lord Hari.

HBV 13.92

Source

स्तुवन्ति ये प्रशꣳसन्ति जागरꣳ चक्रपाणिनः । नित्योत्सवो भवेत् तेषाꣳ जन्मानि दश पꣳ च च

stuvanti ye praśaṁsanti jāgaraṁ cakrapāṇinaḥ | nityotsavo bhavet teṣāṁ janmāni daśa paṁ ca ca

English translation

Festivals will take place at the houses of ten generations of the families of those who praise the vow to remain awake the night of Ekadasi, which is the day of Lord Hari, who carries a disc in His hand.

HBV 13.93

Source

स्कान्दे श्री-ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे श्री-प्रह्लाद-सꣳहितायाꣳ च— न गया-पिण्ड-दानेन न तीर्थैर् बहुभिर् मखैः । पूर्वजा मुक्तिम् आयान्ति विना द्वादशि-जागरम्

skānde śrī-brahma-nārada-saṁvāde śrī-prahlāda-saṁhitāyāṁ ca— na gayā-piṇḍa-dānena na tīrthair bahubhir makhaiḥ | pūrvajā muktim āyānti vinā dvādaśi-jāgaram

English translation

is found in the Skanda Purana and Prahlada Sarhhita it is stated)

na gay a pinda ddnena na tirthai bahubhir makhaih purvvaja muktim dydnti vind dvddasi-jdgaram Without following the vow of remaining awake throughout the night of Dvadasi, one cannot deliver his forefathers, even by offering oblations to them at Gaya, bathing in many holy places of pilgrimage, or performing many sacrifices.

HBV 13.94

Source

सर्वावस्थो’पि यः कुर्याद् द्वादश्याꣳ जागरꣳ हरेः । यामैकैकेन दहतो पाप जन्म-सहस्रजम्

sarvāvastho’pi yaḥ kuryād dvādaśyāṁ jāgaraṁ hareḥ | yāmaikaikena dahato pāpa janma-sahasrajam

English translation

In whatever situation one may find oneself in, if one remains awake on the night of Ekadasi then for every three hours he stays awake, he will destroy the sins committed during one thousand lifetimes.

HBV 13.95

Source

यः कुर्याद् दीप-दानꣳ तु रात्रौ जागरणे हरेः । निमेषे निमेषे विप्र लभते गोशतꣳ फलम्

yaḥ kuryād dīpa-dānaṁ tu rātrau jāgaraṇe hareḥ | nimeṣe nimeṣe vipra labhate gośataṁ phalam

English translation

O brdhmana, one who lights a ghee lamp and offers it to the Lord while remaining awake during the night of Ekadasi will obtain the benefit of giving one hundred cows in charity.

HBV 13.96

Source

यः कुर्याज् जागरे पूजाꣳ द्वादश्याꣳ कुसुमैर् हरेः । पुष्पे पुष्पे’ञ्च-मेधस्य फलम् आप्नोति मानवः

yaḥ kuryāj jāgare pūjāṁ dvādaśyāṁ kusumair hareḥ | puṣpe puṣpe’ñca-medhasya phalam āpnoti mānavaḥ

English translation

One who offers flowers to Lord Hari while observing the vow of remaining awake at night receives the benefit of performing a horse sacrifice with each flower he offers.

.,,, SRI HARI'BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.97

Source

यो दहेच् चागुरुꣳ विष्णोः पूजाꣳ कृत्वा तु जागरे । निमेषार्धेन लभते तिल-पात्र-शतꣳ फलम्

yo dahec cāguruṁ viṣṇoḥ pūjāṁ kṛtvā tu jāgare | nimeṣārdhena labhate tila-pātra-śataṁ phalam

English translation

One who, while worshiping Lord Visnu, burns incense made from aguru as he remains awake during the night of DvadasI obtains every moment the merit of donating one hundred pots of sesame seeds.

HBV 13.98

Source

निमेषꣳ च दहेद् धूपꣳ सघृतꣳ गुग्गुलुꣳ हरेः । लभते जागरे विप्र पुण्यꣳ मास-समुद्भवम्

nimeṣaṁ ca dahed dhūpaṁ saghṛtaṁ gugguluṁ hareḥ | labhate jāgare vipra puṇyaṁ māsa-samudbhavam

English translation

O brdhmana, one who, while remaining awake during the night of Ekadasi, offers gugula mixed with ghee to the Lord, even for a moment, obtains the merit of offering ghee lamps on other occasions for a month.

HBV 13.99

Source

यो दद्याज् जागरे विष्णोर् हविष्यान्न-समुद्धवम् । नैवेद्यꣳ लभते पुण्यꣳ शालिशैल-समुद्भवम्

yo dadyāj jāgare viṣṇor haviṣyānna-samuddhavam | naivedyaṁ labhate puṇyaṁ śāliśaila-samudbhavam

English translation

One who offers havisya rice while remaining awake during the night of Ekadasi receives the merit of donating a mountain of sdli rice.

HBV 13.100

Source

पक्वान्नानि च यो दद्यात् फलानि विविधानि च । जागरे पद्मनाभस्य लभते गो’युतꣳ फलम्

pakvānnāni ca yo dadyāt phalāni vividhāni ca | jāgare padmanābhasya labhate go’yutaṁ phalam

English translation

One who offers fruit and cooked rice to Lord Padmanabha on the night of Ekadasi, while completing the vow of remaining awake obtains the merit of giving ten thousand cows in charity.

HBV 13.101

Source

स-कर्पूरꣳ च ताम्बूलꣳ योददाति हि जागरे । पद्मनाभ-प्रदानेन श्वेतद्वीपे वसेच् चिरम्

sa-karpūraṁ ca tāmbūlaṁ yodadāti hi jāgare | padmanābha-pradānena śvetadvīpe vasec ciram

English translation

One who offers betel nuts mixed with camphor to Lord Hari while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi attains permanent residence in Svetadvipa, by the mercy of the Lord.

HBV 13.102

Source

जागरे पद्मनाभस्य यः कुर्यात् पुष्प-मण्डपम् । स पुष्पक-विमानैस् तु कीडते ब्रह्म-सद्मनि

jāgare padmanābhasya yaḥ kuryāt puṣpa-maṇḍapam | sa puṣpaka-vimānais tu kīḍate brahma-sadmani

English translation

One who makes a flower decoration for Lord Padmanabha while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi becomes qualified to enjoy life in Brahmaloka, riding in an airplane decorated with flowers.

HBV 13.103

Source

जागरे पद्मनाभस् त स-कर्पूरꣳ तथागुरुम् । दहतो दहते पापꣳ जन्म-लक्ष-समुद्भवम्

jāgare padmanābhas ta sa-karpūraṁ tathāgurum | dahato dahate pāpaṁ janma-lakṣa-samudbhavam

English translation

One who offers incense made from aguru and camphor to Lord Padmanabha while remaining awake at night on Ekadasi burns to ashes his sinful reactions that were accumulated during his previous one hundred thousand lifetimes.

HBV 13.104

Source

स्नानꣳ ददाति कृष्णस्य दधि-क्षीर-घृतादिभिः । रात्रौ जागरणे विप्र मुक्ति-भागी भवेद् धि सः

snānaṁ dadāti kṛṣṇasya dadhi-kṣīra-ghṛtādibhiḥ | rātrau jāgaraṇe vipra mukti-bhāgī bhaved dhi saḥ

English translation

O brahmana, one who bathes Lord Krsna with milk, yogurt, and other substances while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi certainly becomes qualified to achieve liberation.

•*,Q SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.105

Source

दिव्याम्बराणि यो दद्याज् जागरे समुपस्थिते । मन्वन्तराणि वसते तन्तु-सꣳख्या-समानि वै

divyāmbarāṇi yo dadyāj jāgare samupasthite | manvantarāṇi vasate tantu-saṁkhyā-samāni vai

English translation

One who, while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi, offers costly garments to Lord Hari will go to reside in His supreme abode for as many reigns of Manu as there are threads in those garments.

HBV 13.106

Source

दद्याद् आभरणꣳ विष्णोर् हेमजꣳ रत्न-सम्भवम् । सप्त कल्पानि वसते सोत्सङ्गे मत्-प्रियो हि सः

dadyād ābharaṇaṁ viṣṇor hemajaṁ ratna-sambhavam | sapta kalpāni vasate sotsaṅge mat-priyo hi saḥ

English translation

One who offers jewelry made with gold and jewels to the Lord while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi will reside with Me for seven kalpas because he is very dear to Me.

HBV 13.107–108

Source

श्री-चन्दनꣳ स-कर्पूरꣳ सागुरुꣳ तु स-केशरम् । युक्तꣳ मृग-मदेनापि यच्छते हरि-जागरे एकैकꣳ मुनि-शार्दूल अश्वमेधाधिकꣳ फलम् । कलौ भवेन् न सन्देहो वासुदेव-प्रसादतः

śrī-candanaṁ sa-karpūraṁ sāguruṁ tu sa-keśaram | yuktaṁ mṛga-madenāpi yacchate hari-jāgare ekaikaṁ muni-śārdūla aśvamedhādhikaṁ phalam | kalau bhaven na sandeho vāsudeva-prasādataḥ

English translation

O foremost sage, one who offers sandalwood paste mixed with camphor, aguru, saffron, and musk to Lord Hari while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi will obtain, in this age of Kali, the merit of performing a horse sacrifice with each substance he offers. This is only possible by Lord Krsna's mercy.

HBV 13.109

Source

घृतेन दीपकꣳ विष्णोर् गव्येन च विशेषतः । ज्वालयेज् जागरे रात्रौ निमेषे गो’युतꣳ फलम्

ghṛtena dīpakaṁ viṣṇor gavyena ca viśeṣataḥ | jvālayej jāgare rātrau nimeṣe go’yutaṁ phalam

English translation

One who offers a ghee lamp to the Lord while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi obtains the merit of giving ten thousand cows in charity each moment.

HBV 13.110

Source

जागरे वासुदेवस्य कर्पूरेण च दीपकम् । यो ज्वालयति कोटीनाꣳ कपिलानाꣳ लभेत् फलम्

jāgare vāsudevasya karpūreṇa ca dīpakam | yo jvālayati koṭīnāṁ kapilānāṁ labhet phalam

English translation

One who, on the night of Ekadasi, offers a lamp with camphor for the pleasure of Lord Krsna, the son of Vasudeva, will receive the benefit of donating ten million brown cows.

HBV 13.111

Source

आरात्रिकꣳ हरेर् यस् तु स-कर्परꣳ तु जागरे । कुरुते मोक्षम् आप्नोति कुलायुत-समन्वितः

ārātrikaṁ harer yas tu sa-karparaṁ tu jāgare | kurute mokṣam āpnoti kulāyuta-samanvitaḥ

English translation

One who offers arati with camphor to Lord Hari while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi will attain liberation from material existence, along with ten thousand of his family members.

HBV 13.112

Source

विनापि यो हि कर्पूरꣳ कुर्याद् आरात्रिकꣳ हरेः । निःस्वो’पि जागरे विष्णोर् दाता भूरि फलꣳ लभेत्

vināpi yo hi karpūraṁ kuryād ārātrikaṁ hareḥ | niḥsvo’pi jāgare viṣṇor dātā bhūri phalaṁ labhet

English translation

By offering arati, even without camphor, to Lord Hari on the night of Ekadasi, the worshipper gains immense benefit, even if he is poor.

HBV 13.113

Source

वारिजꣳ वारिणा पूर्णꣳ शिरसि स्नापयेद् धरिम् । विभर्ति शिरसा सो’यꣳ गङ्गा-स्नान-कृतꣳ फलम्

vārijaṁ vāriṇā pūrṇaṁ śirasi snāpayed dharim | vibharti śirasā so’yaṁ gaṅgā-snāna-kṛtaṁ phalam

English translation

^70 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA One who pours water on the head of Lord Hari from a conch shell will obtain the merit of bathing in the Ganges.

HBV 13.114–116

Source

कृत्वा पूजाꣳ हरेर् यस् तु जागरे पुरतः शुचिः । पठेन् नाम-सहस्रꣳ च गीताꣳ नाग-विमोक्षणम् माङ्गल्यꣳ स्नपनꣳ पुण्यꣳ स्तव-राजम् अनुस्मरन् । वैदिकानि च जप्यामि भक्त्या रात्रौ मुहुर् मुहुः भवेत् प्रत्यक्षरꣳ पुण्यꣳ कपिला-गो-शतोद्भवम् । जागरे यज्ञ-रूपस्य पुरतः पठनꣳ हरेः

kṛtvā pūjāṁ harer yas tu jāgare purataḥ śuciḥ | paṭhen nāma-sahasraṁ ca gītāṁ nāga-vimokṣaṇam māṅgalyaṁ snapanaṁ puṇyaṁ stava-rājam anusmaran | vaidikāni ca japyāmi bhaktyā rātrau muhur muhuḥ bhavet pratyakṣaraṁ puṇyaṁ kapilā-go-śatodbhavam | jāgare yajña-rūpasya purataḥ paṭhanaṁ hareḥ

English translation

After worshiping Lord Hari during the night of Ekadasi, one who recites with a pure heart the Visnu-sahasra-ndma stotra, Bhagavad-gitd, Gajendra- moksana-stotra, or other auspicious prayers that are chanted during the bathing ceremony of the Lord, such as the Purusa'Sukta or other Vedic mantras, obtains the merit of donating one hundred brown cows with each syllable he recites. Such are the glories of recitation before Lord Hari, the Lord of sacrifice.

HBV 13.117

Source

यः पुनः कुरुते गीतꣳ स-नृत्यꣳ वाद्य-सꣳयुतम् । न तत् क्रतु-शतैः पुण्यꣳ व्रत-दान-शतैर् अपि

yaḥ punaḥ kurute gītaṁ sa-nṛtyaṁ vādya-saṁyutam | na tat kratu-śataiḥ puṇyaṁ vrata-dāna-śatair api

English translation

Those who sing, dance, and play musical instruments on the night of Ekadasi obtain more merit than what is attained by performing one hundred sacrifices or giving charity one hundred times.

HBV 13.118

Source

यः पुनः कुरुते गीतꣳ विलजो नृत्यते यदि । लभते निमिषार्धेन चतुराश्रमज फलम्

yaḥ punaḥ kurute gītaṁ vilajo nṛtyate yadi | labhate nimiṣārdhena caturāśramaja phalam

English translation

One who sings and dances without feeling ashamed before the Lord receives the merit of following the principles of the four spiritual orders of life within a moment.

HBV 13.119

Source

जागरे पद्मनाभस्य कुर्यात् पुस्तक-वाचनम् । श्लोक-सꣳख्याꣳ वसेत् स्वर्गे युगानि हरि-सन्निधौ

jāgare padmanābhasya kuryāt pustaka-vācanam | śloka-saṁkhyāṁ vaset svarge yugāni hari-sannidhau

English translation

One who explains the sdstra while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi, for the pleasure of Lord Padmanabha, will reside in the abode of Lord Hari for as many yugas as the number of verses chanted.

HBV 13.120–121

Source

कुर्याद् वन्दन-मालाꣳ यो रम्भा-स्तम्भैः सुशोभनैः । चूत-वृक्षोद्भवैः पत्रैर् जागरे चक्रपाणिनः युगानि पत्र-सꣳख्यानाꣳ स्वर्गे तस्योत्सवो भवेत् । पूज्यते वासवाद्यैश् च क्रीडते चाप्सरो-वृतः

kuryād vandana-mālāṁ yo rambhā-stambhaiḥ suśobhanaiḥ | cūta-vṛkṣodbhavaiḥ patrair jāgare cakrapāṇinaḥ yugāni patra-saṁkhyānāṁ svarge tasyotsavo bhavet | pūjyate vāsavādyaiś ca krīḍate cāpsaro-vṛtaḥ

English translation

One who decorates the temple of Lord Hari, who holds a disc in His hand, with banana trees and mango leaves will enjoy life in the heavenly planets for as many yugas as there are leaves in his decoration. He will receive adoration from the demigods, headed by Indra, and will be entertained by celestial ladies with dancing and singing.

HBV 13.122

Source

नृत्यमानस्य मर्त्यस्य ये केचिन् निरयꣳ गताः । विमुक्ता धर्म-राजेन मुक्तिꣳ यान्ति हरेः पदम्

nṛtyamānasya martyasya ye kecin nirayaṁ gatāḥ | vimuktā dharma-rājena muktiṁ yānti hareḥ padam

English translation

•2 7 7 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA If a friend or relative of one who dances before the Lord during the night of Ekadasi is suffering in hell, he will be freed by Yamaraja and attain the supreme abode of Lord Hari.

HBV 13.123

Source

गीत-ध्वनिषु सन्तुष्टा जागरे तु रमापतिः । वासवस्याधिकꣳ सौख्यꣳ दद्यान् मन्वन्तरꣳ शतम्

gīta-dhvaniṣu santuṣṭā jāgare tu ramāpatiḥ | vāsavasyādhikaṁ saukhyaṁ dadyān manvantaraṁ śatam

English translation

After hearing the sweet songs of a devotee on the night of Ekadasi, Lord Narayana, the husband of Laksmi, becomes so pleased that He bestows on him more opulence than that which is enjoyed by Indra, the king of heaven, for one hundred reigns of Manu.

HBV 13.124

Source

नृत्येन मर्त्ये सौख्यꣳ तु स्वर्गे नृत्येन जागरे । रसातले तथा सौख्यꣳ मुक्तिर् नृत्याद् अवाप्यते

nṛtyena martye saukhyaṁ tu svarge nṛtyena jāgare | rasātale tathā saukhyaṁ muktir nṛtyād avāpyate

English translation

The primary benefit of dancing before the Lord while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi is liberation from material bondage. The secondary benefits include enjoyment of happiness on earth, in the heavenly planets, or in Rasatala or other lower planetary systems.

HBV 13.125

Source

प्रेक्षणीय-प्रदानेन यत् पुण्यꣳ कथितꣳ बुधैः । न तत् कोटि-मखैः पुण्यꣳ योगैः साङ्ख्यैर् अवाप्येते

prekṣaṇīya-pradānena yat puṇyaṁ kathitaṁ budhaiḥ | na tat koṭi-makhaiḥ puṇyaṁ yogaiḥ sāṅkhyair avāpyete

English translation

According to learned scholars, the benefit obtained by enacting transcendental dramas on the night of Ekadasi surpasses the benefit of performing ten million sacrifices, practicing astdnga-yoga, or cultivating the science of self-realization.

HBV 13.126

Source

दीप-मालाꣳ हरेर् अग्रे यः करोति प्रजागरे । विमान-कोटि-सꣳयुक्तः कल्पान्तꣳ वसते दिवि

dīpa-mālāṁ harer agre yaḥ karoti prajāgare | vimāna-koṭi-saṁyuktaḥ kalpāntaṁ vasate divi

English translation

One who offers rows of ghee lamps before Lord Hari on the night of Ekadasi while remaining awake will ascend to heaven after boarding an opulent airplane and reside there for a kalpa.

HBV 13.127

Source

चरितꣳ रामचन्द्रस्य यः शृणोति हरेर् दिने । रात्रौ वाल्मीकिना प्रोक्तꣳ तत्-समो न हि वैष्णवः

caritaṁ rāmacandrasya yaḥ śṛṇoti harer dine | rātrau vālmīkinā proktaṁ tat-samo na hi vaiṣṇavaḥ

English translation

There is no Vaisnava equal to one who hears about the transcendental qualities of Lord Ramacandra on the night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.128

Source

यः पुनः पठते रात्रौ महाभारत-सम्भवाम् । कथाꣳ जागरणे विष्णोः कुल-कोटिꣳ नयेद् दिवम् औत्तानपादेश्वरितꣳ ध्रुवस्य च महात्मनः ।

yaḥ punaḥ paṭhate rātrau mahābhārata-sambhavām | kathāṁ jāgaraṇe viṣṇoḥ kula-koṭiṁ nayed divam auttānapādeśvaritaṁ dhruvasya ca mahātmanaḥ |

English translation

One who recites the narrations of Lord Krsna as described in the Mahdbhdrata while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi enables ten million family members to ascend to heaven.

HBV 13.129

Source

कृष्णस्य बाल-चरितꣳ जागरे पठते हि यः । युग-कोटि-सहस्रस्य क्षयः पापस्य जायते

kṛṣṇasya bāla-caritaṁ jāgare paṭhate hi yaḥ | yuga-koṭi-sahasrasya kṣayaḥ pāpasya jāyate

English translation

All sinful reactions that had been accumulated during thousands of millions of previous lives of one who recites the characteristics of Dhruva Maharaja, the son of Uttanapada, and the childhood pastimes of Lord Krsna, are nullified.

**. SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILAS A

HBV 13.130

Source

तस्माज् जागरणꣳ कार्यꣳ पक्षयोः शुक्ल-कृष्णयोः

tasmāj jāgaraṇaṁ kāryaṁ pakṣayoḥ śukla-kṛṣṇayoḥ

English translation

Therefore, it is the duty of everyone to remain awake on the night of both the Ekadasi of the waxing moon and the Ekadasi of the waning moon.

HBV 13.131

Source

श्रीमद्-भागवतꣳ भक्त्या पठते विष्णु-सन्निधौ । जागरे तत्-पदꣳ याति कुल-वृन्द-समन्वितः

śrīmad-bhāgavataṁ bhaktyā paṭhate viṣṇu-sannidhau | jāgare tat-padaṁ yāti kula-vṛnda-samanvitaḥ

English translation

One who recites the Srimad-Bhdgavatam before the Supreme Lord while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi delivers his family members to the transcendental abode of the Supreme Lord.

HBV 13.132–133

Source

अष्टादश पुराणानि पुराण-पुरुषस्य च । दयितानि सदा विष्णोर् विशेषेण तु जागरे यो गोताꣳ पठते रात्रौ विष्णोर् नाम-सहस्रकम् । वेदोक्तानाꣳ पुराणानाꣳ जागरी पुण्यम् आप्नुयात्

aṣṭādaśa purāṇāni purāṇa-puruṣasya ca | dayitāni sadā viṣṇor viśeṣeṇa tu jāgare yo gotāṁ paṭhate rātrau viṣṇor nāma-sahasrakam | vedoktānāṁ purāṇānāṁ jāgarī puṇyam āpnuyāt

English translation

One who regularly reads the eighteen Purdnas, which are very dear to Lord Krsna, the primeval Lord, especially during the night of Ekadasi, or reads the Bhagavad-gitd or WisryU'Sahasra-ndmastotra obtains the merit of studying all the Vedic literature.

HBV 13.134

Source

धेनुदानꣳ तु यः कुर्यात् जागरे चक्रपाणिनः । लभते नात्र सन्देहः सप्त-द्वीपावनी-फलम्

dhenudānaṁ tu yaḥ kuryāt jāgare cakrapāṇinaḥ | labhate nātra sandehaḥ sapta-dvīpāvanī-phalam

English translation

THIRTEENTH V I L A S A _ _ 375 There is no doubt that one who donates a cow, along with her calf, on the night of Ekadasi obtains the result of donating the entire earth, consisting of seven islands.

HBV 13.135

Source

जागरे पद्मनाभस्य यः कुर्याच् छुभ-मण्डपम् । मण्डले ध्रुव-लोकस्य यावत् तिष्ठति पद्मभूः

jāgare padmanābhasya yaḥ kuryāc chubha-maṇḍapam | maṇḍale dhruva-lokasya yāvat tiṣṭhati padmabhūḥ

English translation

One who erects an elevated stage (for the performance of dramas) on the night of Ekadasi, which is very dear to Lord Padmanabha, will reside in the planet of Dhruva for as long as Lord Brahma continues to live.

HBV 13.136

Source

सर्वेषाम् एव पुण्यानाꣳ महत् पुण्यꣳ महीतले । द्वादश्याꣳ जागरे विप्र प्रसिद्धꣳ भुवन-त्रये

sarveṣām eva puṇyānāṁ mahat puṇyaṁ mahītale | dvādaśyāṁ jāgare vipra prasiddhaṁ bhuvana-traye

English translation

O brahmana, the foremost of all pious activities that can be performed in this world is to remain awake throughout the night of Ekadasi. This fact is celebrated everywhere within the three worlds.

HBV 13.137

Source

जागरꣳ ये चिकीर्षन्ति कर्मणा मनसा गिरा । न तेषाꣳ पुनरावृत्ति-विष्णु-लोकात् कथञ्चन

jāgaraṁ ye cikīrṣanti karmaṇā manasā girā | na teṣāṁ punarāvṛtti-viṣṇu-lokāt kathañcana

English translation

Those who sincerely desire to remain awake on the night of Ekadasi, while engaging in the devotional service of the Lord with their body, mind, and speech, will never return to this material world from the supreme abode of Lord Visnu.

HBV 13.138

Source

जागरे नृत्यमानꣳ तु दृष्ट्वा वै द्वादशी दिने । रात्रौ मार्जयते शौरिः पापꣳ तस्य युगार्जितम्

jāgare nṛtyamānaṁ tu dṛṣṭvā vai dvādaśī dine | rātrau mārjayate śauriḥ pāpaṁ tasya yugārjitam

English translation

-,76 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA rdtrau mdrjjayate saurih pdparh tasya yuga arjjitam When Lord Hari sees someone dancing in ecstasy on the night of Dvadasi, He forgives whatever sinful activities he had committed during the current yuga.

HBV 13.139

Source

प्रोत्साहयित्वा लोकान् यः कुरुते जागरꣳ निशि । प्राप्नोति चक्रवर्तित्वꣳ भरतेन यथा पुरा

protsāhayitvā lokān yaḥ kurute jāgaraṁ niśi | prāpnoti cakravartitvaṁ bharatena yathā purā

English translation

One who enthusiastically remains awake on the night of Ekadasi, and inspires others to do so, will become the emperor of the earth, just like King Bharata.

HBV 13.140

Source

श्वपचेन यथा विष्णुꣳ तोषयित्वा तु जागरे । प्राप्ता मुक्तिः पुरा विप्र गान्धर्वात् श्रूयते ध्रुवम्

śvapacena yathā viṣṇuṁ toṣayitvā tu jāgare | prāptā muktiḥ purā vipra gāndharvāt śrūyate dhruvam

English translation

O brdhmana, you certainly must have heard from the sdstra about how a dog-eater once attained liberation by pleasing Lord Hari with his singing and dancing on the night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.141

Source

राज्यꣳ प्राप्तꣳ दिलीपेन नर्तनाद् वासरे हरेः । नहुषेण च सꣳप्राप्तम् अर्य-दानेन जागरे

rājyaṁ prāptaṁ dilīpena nartanād vāsare hareḥ | nahuṣeṇa ca saṁprāptam arya-dānena jāgare

English translation

By dancing on the night of Ekadasi, Dilipa of the Surya dynasty became the undisputed emperor of the earth. Nahusa of the Candra dyansty also became a celebrated king by offering arghya on the night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.142

Source

फलदानात् सृञ्जयेन प्राप्तꣳ राज्यम् अकण्टकम् । वञ्जुली-वासरे रात्रौ कृत्वा जागरणꣳ हरेः

phaladānāt sṛñjayena prāptaṁ rājyam akaṇṭakam | vañjulī-vāsare rātrau kṛtvā jāgaraṇaṁ hareḥ

English translation

By remaining awake during the night of the Vyanjuli-maha-dvadasI and offering fruit to the Lord, Srnjaya of the Candra dynasty obtained a kingdom without opposition.

HBV 13.143

Source

वस्त्र-दानाद् दिने विष्णोर् नाभागेन तु जागरः । राज्यꣳ प्राप्तꣳ मुनि-श्रेष्ठ प्रसादान् माधवस्य हि

vastra-dānād dine viṣṇor nābhāgena tu jāgaraḥ | rājyaṁ prāptaṁ muni-śreṣṭha prasādān mādhavasya hi

English translation

O exalted sage, by remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi and offering cloth to the Lord, Nabhaga was awarded a kingdom by Lord Narayana, the husband of Laksmi.

HBV 13.144

Source

शैलूषी नर्तनात् सिद्धा विख्याता मेनका दिवि । त्रिस्पृशा जागरे विप्र सत्यꣳ ते कथितꣳ मया

śailūṣī nartanāt siddhā vikhyātā menakā divi | trispṛśā jāgare vipra satyaṁ te kathitaṁ mayā

English translation

O brdhmana, the celebrated celestial. dancer, Menaka, achieved perfection by remaining awake on the night of Maha-dvadasi and displaying her dancing skills for the satisfaction of the Lord.

HBV 13.145

Source

तुलसी-जागरात् प्राप्तꣳ जागरे चक्रपाणिनः । अलर्केन क्षितीशत्वꣳ यशः-कीर्ति-समन्वितम्

tulasī-jāgarāt prāptaṁ jāgare cakrapāṇinaḥ | alarkena kṣitīśatvaṁ yaśaḥ-kīrti-samanvitam

English translation

Alarka became a celebrated king by remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi next to a tulasi garden.

HBV 13.146

Source

षष्टि-वर्ष-सहस्राणि षष्टि-वर्ष-शतानि च । अलर्को नाम राजासौ बुभुजे मेदनीꣳ पुरा

ṣaṣṭi-varṣa-sahasrāṇi ṣaṣṭi-varṣa-śatāni ca | alarko nāma rājāsau bubhuje medanīṁ purā

English translation

, 7 8 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA Long ago, King Alarka ruled the earth for sixty-six thousand years.

HBV 13.147

Source

शाण्डिली मार्जनात् सिद्धा एकादश्याꣳ तु मण्डलात् । पुरतो वासुदेवस्य पक्षयोः शुक्ल-कृष्णयोः

śāṇḍilī mārjanāt siddhā ekādaśyāṁ tu maṇḍalāt | purato vāsudevasya pakṣayoḥ śukla-kṛṣṇayoḥ

English translation

Sandili achieved perfection by cleansing the floor of the temple courtyard and decorating it, on both the Ekadasi of the waxing moon and waning moon.

HBV 13.148

Source

उन्मीलनी-दिने प्राप्ते परदीप-प्रबोधनात् । इन्द्रद्युम्नेन सꣳप्राप्तꣳ राज्यꣳ जागरणꣳ हरेः

unmīlanī-dine prāpte paradīpa-prabodhanāt | indradyumnena saṁprāptaṁ rājyaṁ jāgaraṇaṁ hareḥ

English translation

By remaining awake on the night of Unmilanl-maha-dvadasi and offering a lamp to the Supreme Lord, Indradyumna attained his kingdom.

HBV 13.149

Source

दोल्द्दिने च सर्ह्प्र्द्प्ते विन्द्व्द्द्य्द्त् पुरुरव्ध् चक्रवर्त्तिwअम् द्य्द्तो दुस्प्र्द्पर्ह् यत् सुरैरपि

dolddine ca sarhprdpte vindvddydt pururavdh cakravarttiwam dydto dusprdparh yat surairapi

English translation

As a result of playing the musical instrument, vind, before Lord Hari on Dola-yatra, Pururava became the emperor of the earth. Even for the demigods, such a position is rarely achieved.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 13.150

Source

सम्मानिताः ककुत्स्थेन रात्रौ जागरकारिणः । स्वशक्त्या चैव दानेन प्राप्तꣳ राज्यꣳ सुदुर्लभम्

sammānitāḥ kakutsthena rātrau jāgarakāriṇaḥ | svaśaktyā caiva dānena prāptaṁ rājyaṁ sudurlabham

English translation

By utilizing his wealth and energy, King Kakutstha made arrangements for others to remain awake on the night of Ekadasi. As a result, he became the ruler of a very extensive kingdom.

HBV 13.151

Source

श्वपाकी च मृगी नाम गानꣳ कृत्वा हरेर्दिने । गान्धर्व-लोक-नारीणाꣳ जाता राज्ञी प्रजागरात्

śvapākī ca mṛgī nāma gānaṁ kṛtvā harerdine | gāndharva-loka-nārīṇāṁ jātā rājñī prajāgarāt

English translation

By singing while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi, a female dog-eater named Mrgi was next born as a queen in the planet of the Gandharvas.

HBV 13.152

Source

वेणु-वाद्याद् ऋचीकस् तु विजया-वासरे निशि । जागरे पुरतो विष्णोः पुना राजा भविष्यति

veṇu-vādyād ṛcīkas tu vijayā-vāsare niśi | jāgare purato viṣṇoḥ punā rājā bhaviṣyati

English translation

Sage Rcika, the father of Jamadagni, will regain his kingdom because he had played the flute before Lord Visnu during the night of Vijaya-maha- dvadasi.

HBV 13.153

Source

ये केचिद् गायका विप्र वादका नर्तका नराः । नर्तकी-सहिता यान्ति कृत्वा जागरणꣳ दिवम्

ye kecid gāyakā vipra vādakā nartakā narāḥ | nartakī-sahitā yānti kṛtvā jāgaraṇaṁ divam

English translation

O brdhmana, any singer, dancer, or musician can attain the heavenly planets by performing while remaining awake throughout the night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.154

Source

वियोनिम् आगतैः सर्वैः कृत्वा जागरणꣳ हरेः । सꣳप्राप्तꣳ पृथिवीशत्वꣳ सकामैर् मुनि-सत्तम

viyonim āgataiḥ sarvaiḥ kṛtvā jāgaraṇaṁ hareḥ | saṁprāptaṁ pṛthivīśatvaṁ sakāmair muni-sattama

English translation

O foremost sage, as a result of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi with a desire to achieve material gain, even those who were lowborn attained exalted positions.

-,gQ SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.155

Source

निष्कामैर् मुक्तिर् आप्ता च श्वपचाद्यैस् तु जागरात् । विवक्षा नास्ति वर्णानाꣳ हरेर् जागर-कारिणाम्

niṣkāmair muktir āptā ca śvapacādyais tu jāgarāt | vivakṣā nāsti varṇānāṁ harer jāgara-kāriṇām

English translation

Many dog-eaters also attained liberation by remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi with a pure heart. One's position in society is not considered in this regard.

HBV 13.156

Source

न कलौ पावनꣳ ध्यानꣳ न कलौ जाह्नवी-जलम् । न कलौ पावनꣳ जप्यꣳ मुक्तैवकꣳ जागरꣳ हरेः

na kalau pāvanaṁ dhyānaṁ na kalau jāhnavī-jalam | na kalau pāvanaṁ japyaṁ muktaivakaṁ jāgaraṁ hareḥ

English translation

In this age of Kali, meditation, bathing in the Ganges, or chanting Vedic mantras does not purify one as much as remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi. Indeed, it can certainly award one liberation.

HBV 13.157

Source

आश्रमे वर्तमानानाꣳ न फलꣳ हि द्विजन्मनाम् । सꣳयष्टैर् अपि यज्ञैस् तु विना द्वादशि-जागरात्

āśrame vartamānānāṁ na phalaṁ hi dvijanmanām | saṁyaṣṭair api yajñais tu vinā dvādaśi-jāgarāt

English translation

It is useless labor only for the twice-born members of society to remain in their respective dsramas and perform their prescribed duties very nicely without observing the vow of remaining awake on the night of Dvadasi.

HBV 13.158

Source

लक्ष्मीः पराङ्-मुखी तेषाꣳ वासवाद्या दिवौकसः । पितरः कव्यपाल्याद्या मनुष्याः सनकादयः

lakṣmīḥ parāṅ-mukhī teṣāṁ vāsavādyā divaukasaḥ | pitaraḥ kavyapālyādyā manuṣyāḥ sanakādayaḥ

English translation

Laksmidevi; the demigods, headed by Indra; the forefathers; the leaders of human society; and the sages, headed by Sanaka, are averse to those who do not observe the vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.159

Source

एको’पि हि कुलोत्पन्नः किञ्जातैर् बहुभिः सुतैः । द्वादशी-जागरात् सर्वास् तारयिष्यति पूर्वजान्

eko’pi hi kulotpannaḥ kiñjātair bahubhiḥ sutaiḥ | dvādaśī-jāgarāt sarvās tārayiṣyati pūrvajān

English translation

Even one person from a family can deliver his forefathers from the cycle of repeated birth and death simply by remaining awake on the night of Dvadasi. What then is the use of having many children who do not observe this vow?

HBV 13.160

Source

विशल्य-वासरे विष्णोर् यः करोति सुजागरम् । स वै भागवतो लोके गीयते ब्रह्मवादिभिः

viśalya-vāsare viṣṇor yaḥ karoti sujāgaram | sa vai bhāgavato loke gīyate brahmavādibhiḥ

English translation

Those who are expert in the understanding of the Vedas have declared that a dear devotee of Supreme Lord is one who remains awake on the night of an Ekadasi that is not polluted by the touch of Dasami.

HBV 13.161

Source

यस्य प्रसन्नो भगवान् शीलेनोत्पद्यते सुतः । एको’पि तारयेत् सर्वान् नरक-स्थान पितामहान्

yasya prasanno bhagavān śīlenotpadyate sutaḥ | eko’pi tārayet sarvān naraka-sthāna pitāmahān

English translation

He with whom the Supreme Lord is pleased will receive a pious and obedient son. Even one son who is a devotee of the Lord can deliver his forefathers, although they may reside in hell, by remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.162

Source

न सौरो न च शैवो वा न ब्राह्मो नव शाक्तिकः । न चान्य-देवता-भक्तो भवेद् भागवतोपमः

na sauro na ca śaivo vā na brāhmo nava śāktikaḥ | na cānya-devatā-bhakto bhaved bhāgavatopamaḥ

English translation

•,R7 SRI H A R I - B H A K T I - V I L A S A No one, whether he be a devotee of Surya, a devotee of Lord Siva, a devotee of Lord Brahma, a devotee of goddess Durga, or a devotee of any other demigod is equal to a devotee of Lord Visnu.

HBV 13.163

Source

गृहे’पि वर्तते यस्य नित्यꣳ यस्य च चेतसि । द्वादशी-चरितꣳ पुण्यꣳ चतुर्वर्ग-फल-प्रदम्

gṛhe’pi vartate yasya nityaṁ yasya ca cetasi | dvādaśī-caritaṁ puṇyaṁ caturvarga-phala-pradam

English translation

The four objectives of human life—religiosity, economic development, sense gratification, and liberation—are not difficult to obtain for one who always dwells on the glories of remaining awake throughout the night of Ekadasl.

HBV 13.164

Source

तत्रैव— उपोषितैर् हरि-दिनैः सꣳवत्सर-शतꣳ फलम् । तत् फलꣳ नित्यम् आप्नोति पठन् जागरणꣳ हरेः

tatraiva— upoṣitair hari-dinaiḥ saṁvatsara-śataṁ phalam | tat phalaṁ nityam āpnoti paṭhan jāgaraṇaṁ hareḥ

English translation

tatraiva (In the Skanda Purdna it is stated) upositair haridinaih sarhvatsara satarh phalam tat phalam nityam dpnoti pathan jdgaranam hareh One who hears about the glories of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasl will achieve the same benefit as one who fasts on Ekadasl for one hundred years.

HBV 13.165

Source

माहात्म्यꣳ यः पठेद् भक्त्या मयोक्तꣳ जागरोद्भवम् । द्वादशी-सम्भवꣳ पुत्र कुलानाम् उद्धरेच् छतम्

māhātmyaṁ yaḥ paṭhed bhaktyā mayoktaṁ jāgarodbhavam | dvādaśī-sambhavaṁ putra kulānām uddharec chatam

English translation

My dear son, one who devotedly hears the glories of remaining awake on the night of Dvadasi, as spoken by me, delivers one hundred generations of his family.

HBV 13.166

Source

चरितꣳ बाल-लीलाया मथुरायाꣳ च यः पठेत् । द्वादश्याꣳ देवकी-सूनो रात्रौ जागरणे कलौ । अयुतानाꣳ वसेत् कोटिꣳ पितृभिः परिवारितः

caritaṁ bāla-līlāyā mathurāyāṁ ca yaḥ paṭhet | dvādaśyāṁ devakī-sūno rātrau jāgaraṇe kalau | ayutānāṁ vaset koṭiṁ pitṛbhiḥ parivāritaḥ

English translation

In this age of Kali, one who recites the childhood pastimes of Lord Krsna while remaining awake on the night of Dvadasi will reside in the abode of the Lord for ten thousand million years, along with his forefathers.

HBV 13.167–168

Source

वञ्जुली-सम्भवꣳ यो वै माहात्म्यꣳ जागरे हरेः । कीर्तयिष्यति नित्यꣳ वा तस्य पुण्यꣳ वदाम्य् अहम् दशभिर् वासरैर् विष्णोर् दशभिर् गणितैर् मुने । कृतैर् भवति यत् पुण्यꣳ नित्यम् आप्नोति तत् फलम्

vañjulī-sambhavaṁ yo vai māhātmyaṁ jāgare hareḥ | kīrtayiṣyati nityaṁ vā tasya puṇyaṁ vadāmy aham daśabhir vāsarair viṣṇor daśabhir gaṇitair mune | kṛtair bhavati yat puṇyaṁ nityam āpnoti tat phalam

English translation

Now, the pious merit one achieves by chanting the glories of the Vyanjull-maha-dvadasi after remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi will be described. O foremost sage, one who performs this act will attain the merit of observing one hundred Ekadasis.

HBV 13.169

Source

जन्म-कोटिꣳ मखैर् यष्टैर् न मुक्तिर् जायते नृणाम् । द्वादशी-जागरेणैव मुक्तिꣳ गच्छति मानवः

janma-koṭiṁ makhair yaṣṭair na muktir jāyate nṛṇām | dvādaśī-jāgareṇaiva muktiṁ gacchati mānavaḥ

English translation

One may not attain liberation by performing sacrifices in the course of millions of lifetimes but one can attain liberation by remaining awake on the night of Dvadasi, even once.

,D, SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.170

Source

सर्व-पाप-विशुद्धात्मा लभते वैष्णवꣳ पदम् । सर्वे दुष्टाः समास् तस्य सौम्यास् तस्य सदा ग्रहाः । यः पठेज् जागरे विष्णोर् माहात्म्यꣳ द्वादशीषु च

sarva-pāpa-viśuddhātmā labhate vaiṣṇavaṁ padam | sarve duṣṭāḥ samās tasya saumyās tasya sadā grahāḥ | yaḥ paṭhej jāgare viṣṇor māhātmyaṁ dvādaśīṣu ca

English translation

One who recites the glories of DvadasI while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi will be freed from all sinful reactions and attain the transcendental abode, Vaikuntha. Even while remaining in this world, he will not be troubled by inauspicious stars or planets.

HBV 13.171

Source

तत्रैव श्रीमद्-उमा-महेश्वर-सꣳवादे— दष्टाः कलि-भुजङ्गेन स्वपन्ति मधुहा-दिने । कुर्वन्ति जागरꣳ नैव मायापाश-विमोहिताः

tatraiva śrīmad-umā-maheśvara-saṁvāde— daṣṭāḥ kali-bhujaṅgena svapanti madhuhā-dine | kurvanti jāgaraṁ naiva māyāpāśa-vimohitāḥ

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Purdna it is stated) dastdh kalibhujangena svapanti madhnhddine kurvvanti jagararh naiva mdyd pdsa vimohitdh Only those who are bitten by the snake of Kali-yuga, or completely bewildered by Maya will sleep on the night of Ekadasi, or not remain awake on the night of DvadasI.

HBV 13.172

Source

प्राप्ताप्य् एकादशी येषाꣳ कलौ जागरणꣳ विना । ते विनष्टा न सन्देहस् तस्माज् जीवनम् अध्रुवम्

prāptāpy ekādaśī yeṣāṁ kalau jāgaraṇaṁ vinā | te vinaṣṭā na sandehas tasmāj jīvanam adhruvam

English translation

One who does not remain awake throughout the night of Ekadasi is to be considered dead although breathing.

HBV 13.173

Source

अश्वमेध-सहस्रस्य वाजपेयायुतस्य च । न पुण्यꣳ कोटि-गुणꣳ गौरि विष्णोर् जागरणे कृते

aśvamedha-sahasrasya vājapeyāyutasya ca | na puṇyaṁ koṭi-guṇaṁ gauri viṣṇor jāgaraṇe kṛte

English translation

O Gauri, by remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi, one can attain the merit of performing ten million horse sacrifices and Vajapeya sacrifices

HBV 13.174

Source

पितृ-पक्षे मातृ-पक्षे भार्यापक्षे च भामिनि । कुलम् उद्धरते चैतत् कृते जागरणे हरेः

pitṛ-pakṣe mātṛ-pakṣe bhāryāpakṣe ca bhāmini | kulam uddharate caitat kṛte jāgaraṇe hareḥ

English translation

O gentle lady, one can deliver the members of his father's family, mother's family, and father-in-law's family by observing the vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.175

Source

अविद्ध-वासरे विष्णोर् ये कुर्वन्ति प्रजागरम् । तेषाꣳ मध्ये प्रहृष्टः सन् नृत्यꣳ प्रकुरुते हरिः

aviddha-vāsare viṣṇor ye kurvanti prajāgaram | teṣāṁ madhye prahṛṣṭaḥ san nṛtyaṁ prakurute hariḥ

English translation

Lord Hari personally appears and dances in ecstasy in the midst of those devotees who remain awake on the night of an Ekadasi that is not polluted by the touch of Dasami.

HBV 13.176

Source

यावद् दिनानि कुरुते जागरꣳ केशवाग्रतः । युगायुतानि तावन्ति वसते विष्णु-वेश्मनि

yāvad dināni kurute jāgaraṁ keśavāgrataḥ | yugāyutāni tāvanti vasate viṣṇu-veśmani

English translation

The number of times one remains awake on the night of Ekadasi—that many yugas multiplied by ten thousand he will reside in the abode of Lord Visnu.

,., SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.177

Source

यावद् दिनानि वसते विना जागरणꣳ हरेः । नृत्यन्त्य् उद्धृत-शस्त्राश् च तद्-गृहे यम-किङ्कराः

yāvad dināni vasate vinā jāgaraṇaṁ hareḥ | nṛtyanty uddhṛta-śastrāś ca tad-gṛhe yama-kiṅkarāḥ

English translation

As long as one lives without observing the vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi, the Yamadutas will continuously boast while brandishing their weapons.

HBV 13.178

Source

जागरे वासुदेवस्य पुराणꣳ पठतीह यः । प्राप्नोत्य् अभिमतान् कामान् प्रेतत्वꣳ नैव जायते

jāgare vāsudevasya purāṇaṁ paṭhatīha yaḥ | prāpnoty abhimatān kāmān pretatvaṁ naiva jāyate

English translation

One who recites the Purdnas while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi will experience all kinds of material enjoyment in this life, and will never run the risk of becoming a ghost.

HBV 13.179

Source

यह् पुनह् कुरुते गितर्ह् न्र्त्यर्ह् ज्द्गरने हरेह् ब्रह्मयर्ह् पदर्ह् मदियन्च सत्यर्ह् वै तस्य वैस्नवम्

yah punah kurute gitarh nrtyarh jdgarane hareh brahmayarh padarh madiyanca satyarh vai tasya vaisnavam

English translation

It is a fact that one who sings and dances while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi will easily attain Brahmaloka, Sivaloka, or Vaikuntha.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 13.180

Source

यः प्रबोधयते लोकान् विष्णु-जागरणे ततः । वसेच् चिरꣳ तु वैकुण्ठे पितृभिः सह वैष्णवः

yaḥ prabodhayate lokān viṣṇu-jāgaraṇe tataḥ | vasec ciraṁ tu vaikuṇṭhe pitṛbhiḥ saha vaiṣṇavaḥ

English translation

One who encourages others to remain awake on the night of Ekadasi is certainly a devotee of Lord Visnu. As such, he will eternally reside in Vaikuntha, along with his forefathers.

HBV 13.181

Source

मतिꣳ प्रयच्छते यस्तु हरेर् जागरणꣳ प्रति । षष्टि-वर्ष-सहस्राणि श्वेतद्वीपे वसेन् नरः

matiṁ prayacchate yastu harer jāgaraṇaṁ prati | ṣaṣṭi-varṣa-sahasrāṇi śvetadvīpe vasen naraḥ

English translation

One who inspires others to observe the vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi becomes eligible to reside in Vaikuntha for sixty thousand years.

HBV 13.182

Source

यत् किञ्चित् क्रियते पापꣳ कोटि-जन्मानि मानवैः । कृष्णस्य जागरे सर्वꣳ रात्रौ दहति पार्वति

yat kiñcit kriyate pāpaṁ koṭi-janmāni mānavaiḥ | kṛṣṇasya jāgare sarvaṁ rātrau dahati pārvati

English translation

O Parvati, whatever sinful activities people may have committed during ten million previous lives are reduced to ashes simply by remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.183

Source

शालग्राम-शिलाग्रे तु ये कुर्वन्ति हि जागरम् । यामे यामे फलꣳ प्रोक्तꣳ कोट्यन्दव-समुद्भवम्

śālagrāma-śilāgre tu ye kurvanti hi jāgaram | yāme yāme phalaṁ proktaṁ koṭyandava-samudbhavam

English translation

Those who remain awake on the night of Ekadasi, in the presence of the sdlagrdma-sila, obtain the merit of observing ten million cdndrdyana vows for every three hours they stay awake.

HBV 13.184

Source

का आर्थ-सम्पदः पुत्राः कीर्तिर् लोकश् च शाश्वतः । यज्ञायुतैर् न लभ्येत द्वादशी-जागरꣳ विना

kā ārtha-sampadaḥ putrāḥ kīrtir lokaś ca śāśvataḥ | yajñāyutair na labhyeta dvādaśī-jāgaraṁ vinā

English translation

One cannot obtain material enjoyment, wealth, opulence, good children, fame, or any desired goal of life by performing one thousand sacrifices unless and until he remains awake throughout the night of Ekadasi.

™R SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.185

Source

यावत् पदानि कुरुते केशवायतनꣳ प्रति । अश्वमेध-समानि स्युर् जागरार्थꣳ प्रगच्छतः

yāvat padāni kurute keśavāyatanaṁ prati | aśvamedha-samāni syur jāgarārthaṁ pragacchataḥ

English translation

While going to the temple of Lord Hari to observe the vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi, one receives the merit of performing a horse sacrifice with each step.

HBV 13.186

Source

पादयोः पतितꣳ यावद् धरण्याꣳ पाꣳशु गच्छतः । तावद्-वर्ष-सहस्राणि जागरी वसते दिवि

pādayoḥ patitaṁ yāvad dharaṇyāṁ pāṁśu gacchataḥ | tāvad-varṣa-sahasrāṇi jāgarī vasate divi

English translation

While walking to the temple, as many particles of dust that one accumulates on his feet—that many thousands of years one who remains awake on the night of Ekadasi will reside in the heavenly planets.

HBV 13.187

Source

तस्मा द्गृहात् प्रगन्तव्यꣳ जागरे माघवालयम् । कलौ मल-विनाशाय द्वादशी-द्वादशीषु च

tasmā dgṛhāt pragantavyaṁ jāgare māghavālayam | kalau mala-vināśāya dvādaśī-dvādaśīṣu ca

English translation

Therefore, in this age of Kali, one should visit the temple of Lord Hari to observe the vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi, so that his sinful reactions will be nullified.

HBV 13.188

Source

किꣳ व्रतैर् बहुभिश् चीर्णैस् तीर्थ-वासेन तस्य किम् । द्वादशी-वासरे प्राप्ते न कर्याजागरꣳ यदि

kiṁ vratair bahubhiś cīrṇais tīrtha-vāsena tasya kim | dvādaśī-vāsare prāpte na karyājāgaraṁ yadi

English translation

If one fails to remain awake on the night of Dvadasi, all of his pious activities, such as observing various vows, undergoing atonement, or visiting holy places of pilgrimage are rendered useless.

HBV 13.189

Source

प्रव्द्से न त्यजेद् यस्तु पथि खिन्नोऽपि प्द्र्व्वति ज्द्गरर्ह् वसुदेवस्य स हि मेऽतिप्रियो नरह्

pravdse na tyajed yastu pathi khinno'pi pdrvvati jdgararh vasudevasya sa hi me'tipriyo narah

English translation

O Parvati, one who does not fail to execute his vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi, even while traveling to a distant place and therefore tired, is certainly very dear to me.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 13.190

Source

यः पुनः सुस्थ-चित्तोऽपि स्वस्थाने वसतेऽपि सन् । न हरेर् जागरꣳ कुर्यात् तेन कार्यꣳ न मे क्वचित्

yaḥ punaḥ sustha-citto'pi svasthāne vasate'pi san | na harer jāgaraṁ kuryāt tena kāryaṁ na me kvacit

English translation

And, I have nothing to do with one who, despite staying at home and enjoying good health, does not observe the vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.191

Source

मद्-भक्तो न हरेः कुर्याज् जागरꣳ पाप-मोहितः । व्यर्थꣳ मत्-पूजनꣳ तस्य मत्-पूज्यꣳ यो न पूजयेत्

mad-bhakto na hareḥ kuryāj jāgaraṁ pāpa-mohitaḥ | vyarthaṁ mat-pūjanaṁ tasya mat-pūjyaṁ yo na pūjayet

English translation

One who does not remain awake on the night of Ekadasi, due to of being bewildered by sinful life, is not my devotee. I do not accept his worship because he disregards my worshipable Lord.

HBV 13.192

Source

स-बाह्याभ्यन्तरꣳ देहꣳ वेष्टितꣳ पाप-कोटिभिः । मुच्यते वासरे विष्णोर् जागरे नृत्यताꣳ निशि

sa-bāhyābhyantaraṁ dehaṁ veṣṭitaṁ pāpa-koṭibhiḥ | mucyate vāsare viṣṇor jāgare nṛtyatāṁ niśi

English translation

One whose entire body is filled with sinful reactions, both internally and externally, can be relieved from such a condition by remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi.

,g0 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.193

Source

प्राप्ते कलि-युगे घोरे नरास् ते त्रिदशैः समाः । विशल्ये वासरे विष्णोर् ये कुर्वन्ति हि जागरम्

prāpte kali-yuge ghore narās te tridaśaiḥ samāḥ | viśalye vāsare viṣṇor ye kurvanti hi jāgaram

English translation

Even in this formidable age of Kali, those who remain awake on the night of an Ekadasi that is not polluted by the touch of Dasami are as worshipable as the demigods.

HBV 13.194

Source

कूर्परꣳ यमदूतानाꣳ दत्तꣳ तेन यमस्य च । कृत्वा जागरणꣳ विष्णोर् अविद्ध-द्वादशी-व्रतम्

kūrparaṁ yamadūtānāṁ dattaṁ tena yamasya ca | kṛtvā jāgaraṇaṁ viṣṇor aviddha-dvādaśī-vratam

English translation

One who has remained awake on the night of a Dvadasi that is not polluted, pushes aside Yamaraja and his messengers and attains the abode of Lord Visnu.

HBV 13.195

Source

द्वादश्याꣳ जागरे विष्णोर् यैः कृतꣳ पुष्प-मण्डपम् । प्रति पुष्प-फल तेषाꣳ वाजिमेध-समꣳ प्रिये

dvādaśyāṁ jāgare viṣṇor yaiḥ kṛtaṁ puṣpa-maṇḍapam | prati puṣpa-phala teṣāṁ vājimedha-samaṁ priye

English translation

O dear one, those who arrange flower decorations for the Lord on the night of Dvadasi obtain the merit of performing a horse sacrifice with each of the flowers used.

HBV 13.196

Source

द्वादश्याꣳ कृष्ण-भवनꣳ कदलो-स्तम्भ-शोभितम् । ये कुर्वन्ति हरिस् तेषाꣳ स्वकीयꣳ यच्छते पदम्

dvādaśyāṁ kṛṣṇa-bhavanaṁ kadalo-stambha-śobhitam | ye kurvanti haris teṣāṁ svakīyaṁ yacchate padam

English translation

Lord Hari provides a residence in His own abode to one who decorates the temple of the Supreme Lord with banana trees.

HBV 13.197

Source

दीप-दानꣳ प्रकुर्वन्ति जागरे केशवस्य हि । ते ध्वस्त-तिमिरा गौरि यान्ति विष्णोः परꣳ पदम्

dīpa-dānaṁ prakurvanti jāgare keśavasya hi | te dhvasta-timirā gauri yānti viṣṇoḥ paraṁ padam

English translation

O ParvatI, those who offer a lamp to the Lord while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi are freed from all illusion and attain the transcendental abode of Lord Visnu.

HBV 13.198

Source

ब्राह्मणाः क्षत्रिया वैश्याः स्त्रियः शूद्राश् च जागरे । हीन-वर्णा अन्त्यजाश् च राक्षसा दैत्य-दानवाः । प्राप्तास् ते परम-स्थानꣳ श्री-विष्णोर् जागरे कृते

brāhmaṇāḥ kṣatriyā vaiśyāḥ striyaḥ śūdrāś ca jāgare | hīna-varṇā antyajāś ca rākṣasā daitya-dānavāḥ | prāptās te parama-sthānaṁ śrī-viṣṇor jāgare kṛte

English translation

If brdhmanas, ksatriyas, vaisyas, sudras, women, fallen souls, lowborn men, demons, and other similarly conditioned living beings observe the vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi, they also attain the supreme abode of Lord Visnu.

HBV 13.199

Source

अप्रेरितः स्वयꣳ भक्त्या गीतꣳ नृत्यꣳ करोति यः । जागरे पद्मनाभस्य स किꣳ नाकृत मानवः

apreritaḥ svayaṁ bhaktyā gītaṁ nṛtyaṁ karoti yaḥ | jāgare padmanābhasya sa kiṁ nākṛta mānavaḥ

English translation

What remains to be accomplished for one who, of his own free will, sings and dances with devotion while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi ?

HBV 13.200–203

Source

यो नृत्यति प्रहृष्टात्मा कृत्वा वै कर-ताडनम् । गीतꣳ कुर्वन् मुखेनापि दर्शयन् कौतुकान् बहूः पुरतो वासुदेवस्य रात्रौ जागरणे स्थितः । पठन् कृष्ण-चरित्राणि रञ्जयन् देवि वैष्णवान् मुखेन कुरुते वाद्यꣳ सꣳप्रहृष्ट-तनूरुहः । दर्शयन् विविधान् नृत्यान् स्वेच्छालापाꣳश् च कुर्वति भावैर् एतैर् नरो यस् तु कुरुते जागरꣳ हरेः । निमेषे निमेषे पुण्यꣳ तीर्थ-कोटि-समꣳ स्मृतम्

yo nṛtyati prahṛṣṭātmā kṛtvā vai kara-tāḍanam | gītaṁ kurvan mukhenāpi darśayan kautukān bahūḥ purato vāsudevasya rātrau jāgaraṇe sthitaḥ | paṭhan kṛṣṇa-caritrāṇi rañjayan devi vaiṣṇavān mukhena kurute vādyaṁ saṁprahṛṣṭa-tanūruhaḥ | darśayan vividhān nṛtyān svecchālāpāṁś ca kurvati bhāvair etair naro yas tu kurute jāgaraṁ hareḥ | nimeṣe nimeṣe puṇyaṁ tīrtha-koṭi-samaṁ smṛtam

English translation

One who, while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi, claps his hands, dances in ecstasy, sings beautifully, pleases the assembled Vaisnavas, recites Krsna's pastimes, displays symptoms of ecstatic love, such as standing of the hair on end, makes pleasing sounds, or discusses spiritual topics with others, obtains the merit of bathing at millions of holy places of pilgrimage with the passage of every moment.

HBV 13.204

Source

अविग्न-मनसा यस्तु धूपꣳ नीराजनꣳ हरेः । कुरुते जागरे रात्रौ सप्त-द्वीपाधिपो भवेत

avigna-manasā yastu dhūpaṁ nīrājanaṁ hareḥ | kurute jāgare rātrau sapta-dvīpādhipo bhaveta

English translation

One who, with a peaceful mind, offers incense and other articles of worship to the Lord while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi becomes the emperor of the earth, with its seven islands.

HBV 13.205

Source

किञ्च— अभावे कृष्ण-धिष्णस्य गत्वा मन्-मन्दिरꣳ शिवे । कार्यꣳ जागरणꣳ रात्रौ विद्धि माꣳ माधव-प्रियम्

kiñca— abhāve kṛṣṇa-dhiṣṇasya gatvā man-mandiraṁ śive | kāryaṁ jāgaraṇaṁ rātrau viddhi māṁ mādhava-priyam

English translation

My dear wife (Parvati), if there is no temple of the Supreme Lord available for observing the vow of remaining awake during the night of Ekadasi, one should go to my temple for that purpose. Know for certain that I am very dear to Lord Madhava.

HBV 13.206

Source

अभावे मम धिष्ण्यस्य गत्वा तु रवि-मन्दिरम् । कार्यꣳ जागरणꣳ रात्रौ यथा विष्णुस् तथा रविः

abhāve mama dhiṣṇyasya gatvā tu ravi-mandiram | kāryaṁ jāgaraṇaṁ rātrau yathā viṣṇus tathā raviḥ

English translation

If a temple of Lord Siva is not available, one should approach a temple dedicated to the sun-god to observe this vow because the sun-god is as good as Lord Visnu.

HBV 13.207

Source

तद्-अभावे विना प्राममरण्यकादशी यदि । तद्-आकाशे सूरेशानि विष्णोस् त्रीणि पदानि वै । दृष्ट्वा देवि प्रकर्तव्यꣳ जागरꣳ चक्रपाणिनः

tad-abhāve vinā prāmamaraṇyakādaśī yadi | tad-ākāśe sūreśāni viṣṇos trīṇi padāni vai | dṛṣṭvā devi prakartavyaṁ jāgaraṁ cakrapāṇinaḥ

English translation

If there is no temple of the sun-god available, or if one happens to be in the forest on Ekadasi, one should watch the sravand star, which bears the mark of the three steps of Lord Visnu, and in this way, complete his vow.

HBV 13.208

Source

अथवा प्रतिमा विष्णोः शालग्राम-शिलाऽथवा । तिष्ठते यदि देवेशि कार्यस् तत्र प्रजागरः

athavā pratimā viṣṇoḥ śālagrāma-śilā'thavā | tiṣṭhate yadi deveśi kāryas tatra prajāgaraḥ

English translation

O master of the demigods, one may also observe this vow by remaining awake at a temple or place where the salagrdma-sila is present.

HBV 13.209

Source

मेघ-सꣳछादिते व्योम्नि विष्णोस् त्रीणि पदानि च । अदृष्ट्वा बोधि-मूले तु कार्यꣳ जागरणꣳ हरेः

megha-saṁchādite vyomni viṣṇos trīṇi padāni ca | adṛṣṭvā bodhi-mūle tu kāryaṁ jāgaraṇaṁ hareḥ

English translation

If, due to the presence of clouds, one cannot see the above-mentioned star in the sky, he should sit down beneath an asvattha tree and observe his vow.

HBV 13.210

Source

रात्रि-मूलेऽथवा गौरि तुलसी-वन-पार्श्वतः । यत्र वा तत्र वा कार्यꣳ तीर्थे वा निम्नगा-जले

rātri-mūle'thavā gauri tulasī-vana-pārśvataḥ | yatra vā tatra vā kāryaṁ tīrthe vā nimnagā-jale

English translation

O Gauri, one may also observe this vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi under an amalaki tree, in a tulasi garden, at a holy pond or lake, or on the banks of a river.

HBV 13.211

Source

सर्वाभावे महादेवि वैष्णवस्य च सन्निधौ । कर्तव्यꣳ जागरꣳ विष्णोर् मानसीꣳ भक्तिम् आस्थितैः

sarvābhāve mahādevi vaiṣṇavasya ca sannidhau | kartavyaṁ jāgaraṁ viṣṇor mānasīṁ bhaktim āsthitaiḥ

English translation

O Mahadevi, if none of these are available then one can sit down in the association of Vaisnavas and perform worship of the Lord within his mind.

HBV 13.212

Source

विना जागरणꣳ गौरि विष्णोर् दिन-फलꣳ न हि । नास्माकꣳ भवति प्रीति ब्रह्मादीनाꣳ दिवौकसाम्

vinā jāgaraṇaṁ gauri viṣṇor dina-phalaṁ na hi | nāsmākaṁ bhavati prīti brahmādīnāṁ divaukasām

English translation

O Gauri, without observing the vow of remaining awake throughout the night of Ekadasi, one cannot attain the actual result of observing Ekadasi. Truthfully, 1 and the other demigods do not feel satisfied with such a person.

HBV 13.213

Source

यज्ञानाम् अपि सर्वेषाꣳ महायज्ञः स कथ्यते । वासरे वासुदेवस्य यतो जागर-सꣳज्ञकः

yajñānām api sarveṣāṁ mahāyajñaḥ sa kathyate | vāsare vāsudevasya yato jāgara-saṁjñakaḥ

English translation

THIRTEENTH V I L A S A _ _ 3 9 5 vdsare vdsudevasya yato jdgara samjnakah Among all kinds of sacrifices, remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi is considered to be the best because it is in relation to Lord Krsna.

HBV 13.214

Source

तस्माज् जागरणꣳ कार्यꣳ त्यक्त्वा कार्यान्तराण्यपि

tasmāj jāgaraṇaṁ kāryaṁ tyaktvā kāryāntarāṇyapi

English translation

Therefore, one should give up everything else and observe this vow.

HBV 13.215

Source

पाद्मे देवदूत-विकुण्डल-सꣳवादे— रात्रौ जागरणꣳ कृत्वा समुपास्य जनार्दनम् । दश वै पैतृके पक्षे मातृके दश पूर्वजाः । प्रियाया दश ये वैश्य तान् उद्धरति निश्चितम्

pādme devadūta-vikuṇḍala-saṁvāde— rātrau jāgaraṇaṁ kṛtvā samupāsya janārdanam | daśa vai paitṛke pakṣe mātṛke daśa pūrvajāḥ | priyāyā daśa ye vaiśya tān uddharati niścitam

English translation

that is recorded in the Padma Purdna it is stated) rdtrau jdgaranam krtvd samupdsya jandrddanam dasavai paitrke pakse mdtrke dasa purvvajdh priydyd dasa ye vaisya tdnuddharati niscitam By remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi and worshiping the Supreme Lord, one delivers ten generations of his father's family, mother's family, and father-in-law's family.

HBV 13.216

Source

श्री-मार्कण्डेय-पुराणे— ध्यान-ध्येय-विहीनस्य सꣳज्ञातीतस्य भूपते । कर्म-भ्रष्टस्य कथितो मोक्षस् तु हरि-जागरे

śrī-mārkaṇḍeya-purāṇe— dhyāna-dhyeya-vihīnasya saṁjñātītasya bhūpate | karma-bhraṣṭasya kathito mokṣas tu hari-jāgare

English translation

O maintainers of the earth, it is said that by remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi, one achieves liberation from material bondage, even if he does not practice meditation, cultivate transcendental knowledge, or perform any pious activities.

,n, SR! HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.217

Source

प्रह्लाद-सꣳहितायाꣳ प्रह्लादोक्तौ— यानि कानि च पापानि ब्रह्म-हत्यादिकानि च । कृष्ण-जागरणे तानि विलयꣳ यान्ति खण्डशः

prahlāda-saṁhitāyāṁ prahlādoktau— yāni kāni ca pāpāni brahma-hatyādikāni ca | kṛṣṇa-jāgaraṇe tāni vilayaṁ yānti khaṇḍaśaḥ

English translation

All kinds of sinful activities, including the killing of a brdhmana, are eradicated simply by remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi, which is very dear to Lord Krsna.

HBV 13.218

Source

एकतः क्रतवः सर्व समाप्त-वर-दक्षिणाः । एकतो देवदेवस्य जागरः कृष्ण-वल्लभः । न समꣳ कवयः प्राहुर् अधिकः कृष्ण-जागरः

ekataḥ kratavaḥ sarva samāpta-vara-dakṣiṇāḥ | ekato devadevasya jāgaraḥ kṛṣṇa-vallabhaḥ | na samaṁ kavayaḥ prāhur adhikaḥ kṛṣṇa-jāgaraḥ

English translation

According to the opinion of learned devotees, if one were to place all kinds of sacrifices, along with the required daksina, on one side of a scale and the vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi on the other, the vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi would be seen to be heavier.

HBV 13.219

Source

तत्र ब्रह्मा च रुद्रश् च शक्राद्या देवता-गणाः । नित्यम् एव समायान्ति जागरे कृष्ण-वाल्लभे

tatra brahmā ca rudraś ca śakrādyā devatā-gaṇāḥ | nityam eva samāyānti jāgare kṛṣṇa-vāllabhe

English translation

Whenever one remains awake on the night of Ekadasi, which is very dear to Lord Krsna, all of the demigods, headed by Brahma, Siva and Indra, personally appear at that place.

HBV 13.220

Source

ऋषयो नारदाद्यास् तु व्यासाद्या मुनयस् तथा । अहꣳ च तत्र गच्छामि कृष्ण-पूजारतः सदा

ṛṣayo nāradādyās tu vyāsādyā munayas tathā | ahaṁ ca tatra gacchāmi kṛṣṇa-pūjārataḥ sadā

English translation

Even though we are busy worshiping Lord Hari, the sages, headed by Narada, exalted personalities, such as Vyasadeva, and myself (Prahlada) always take part in a function of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.221–222

Source

शालग्राम-महाक्षेत्रमर्वुदारण्यम् एव च सुपुण्या मथुरा तत्र सर्व-तीर्थानि चैव हि । यज्ञा वेदाश् च चत्वारो व्रजन्ति हरि-जागरम्

śālagrāma-mahākṣetramarvudāraṇyam eva ca supuṇyā mathurā tatra sarva-tīrthāni caiva hi | yajñā vedāś ca catvāro vrajanti hari-jāgaram

English translation

All holy places, such as Puskara, Kasi, Prayaga, Naimisaranya, Gaya, Salagrama, Arbudaranya, and Mathura, as well as all sacrifices and the four Vedas, are present at the place where one is observing the vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.223

Source

गङ्गा सरस्वती रेवा यमुना वै शतद्रुका । चन्द्रभागा वितस्ता च नद्यः सर्वास् तु तत्र वै

gaṅgā sarasvatī revā yamunā vai śatadrukā | candrabhāgā vitastā ca nadyaḥ sarvās tu tatra vai

English translation

In the same way, sacred rivers, such as the Ganga, Sarasvati, Reva, Yamuna, Satadru, Candrabhaga and Tista are also present at the place where one observes the vow of remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi.

HBV 13.224

Source

सराꣳसि च ह्रदाः सर्वे समुदाः सर्व एव हि । एकादश्याꣳ द्विज-श्रेष्ठ गच्छन्ते कृष्ण-जागरम्

sarāṁsi ca hradāḥ sarve samudāḥ sarva eva hi | ekādaśyāṁ dvija-śreṣṭha gacchante kṛṣṇa-jāgaram

English translation

-,Q 8 SRI HARI-BHAKTI'VILASA O best among the twice-born, all pious reservoirs of water, including lakes, ponds, and oceans are also present at the place where such a vow is being observed.

HBV 13.225

Source

स्पृहणीया हि देवानाꣳ ये नराः कृष्ण-जागरे । नृत्यन्ति गीतꣳ कुर्वन्ति वीणा-वाद्य-प्रहर्षिताः इति ।

spṛhaṇīyā hi devānāṁ ye narāḥ kṛṣṇa-jāgare | nṛtyanti gītaṁ kurvanti vīṇā-vādya-praharṣitāḥ iti |

English translation

Those who chant and dance while playing the stringed instrument known as the vind, while remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi are worshipable by the demigods.

HBV 13.226

Source

जन्माष्टमी-प्रबोधन्य्-आदिकेऽन्यच् च महोत्सवे । माहात्म्यꣳ जागरस्याग्रे लेख्यꣳ तत्-तत्-प्रसङ्गतः

janmāṣṭamī-prabodhany-ādike'nyac ca mahotsave | māhātmyaṁ jāgarasyāgre lekhyaṁ tat-tat-prasaṅgataḥ

English translation

The glories of remaining awake on the nights of Janmasrtami, Utthana- ekadasi, and so on will be described later on.

HBV 13.227

Source

ततः प्रभाते भगवद्-रात्रि-क्रीडा-रसात्मिकाम् । कौशिकीꣳ प्रमुदा गायेच् छ्री-कृष्ण-परितोषणीम्

tataḥ prabhāte bhagavad-rātri-krīḍā-rasātmikām | kauśikīṁ pramudā gāyec chrī-kṛṣṇa-paritoṣaṇīm

English translation

Thereafter, at the end of the night, one should joyfully sing in glorification of the rdsa-lild of Lord Krsna, employing the appropriate morning rdgas, for the pleasure of the Lord.

HBV 13.228

Source

तथा च स्कान्दे— प्रभाते कौशिकीꣳ यस्तु प्रगायेज् जागरे हरेः । स समुद्धरते सर्वान् श्वपचान् ब्राह्मणो यथा इति।

tathā ca skānde— prabhāte kauśikīṁ yastu pragāyej jāgare hareḥ | sa samuddharate sarvān śvapacān brāhmaṇo yathā iti|

English translation

One who, after remaining awake on the night of Ekadasi, sings sweet songs glorifying Lord Krsna's loving pastimes will deliver his entire family, just as a brahmana can deliver even dog-eaters.

HBV 13.229

Source

मङ्गलाररात्रिकꣳ कृत्वाभ्यर्च्य प्रस्थाप्य वैष्णवान् । प्रातः पूजाꣳ च निष्पाद्य कृष्णे तत् सर्वम् अर्पयेत्

maṅgalārarātrikaṁ kṛtvābhyarcya prasthāpya vaiṣṇavān | prātaḥ pūjāṁ ca niṣpādya kṛṣṇe tat sarvam arpayet

English translation

After performing mangala-drati and bidding farewell to the assembled Vaisnavas and offering them mahd-prasada, one should complete his morning worship of the Supreme Lord and surrender everything unto Him.

HBV 13.230

Source

तद्-उक्तꣳ कात्यायनेन— प्रातः स्नात्वा हरिꣳ पूज्य उपवासꣳ समर्पयेत् । पारणꣳ तु ततः कुर्याद् व्रत-सिद्धौ हरिꣳ स्मरन्

tad-uktaṁ kātyāyanena— prātaḥ snātvā hariṁ pūjya upavāsaṁ samarpayet | pāraṇaṁ tu tataḥ kuryād vrata-siddhau hariṁ smaran

English translation

After bathing in the early morning and worshiping Lord Hari, one should offer the result of his vow of Ekadasi to Him. Then, one should break his fast to complete the vow, after remembering the Lord.

HBV 13.231

Source

अज्ञानतिमिरान्धस्य व्रतेनानेन केशव । प्रसीद सुमुखो नाथ ज्ञानदृष्टिप्रदो भव इति ।

ajñānatimirāndhasya vratenānena keśava | prasīda sumukho nātha jñānadṛṣṭiprado bhava iti |

English translation

O Kesava! O my Lord! I am blinded by the darkness of ignorance. Kindly be pleased with my vow and glance mercifully upon me.

4 0 0 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.232

Source

तत्र स्नानोपचारन्तु प्रातैर् व समाचरेत् । प्रामाणिकानाꣳ केषाञ्चिद् वैष्णवानाम् इदꣳ मतम्

tatra snānopacārantu prātair va samācaret | prāmāṇikānāṁ keṣāñcid vaiṣṇavānām idaṁ matam

English translation

During the day, on Dvadasi, one should not offer abhiseka to Lord Krsna. This is the opinion of the Vaisnava dcdryaa of long ago, Srikrsnadeva, and we should follow it.

HBV 13.233

Source

पाद्मे व्रत-खण्डे— जन्म-प्रभृति यत्-किञ्चित् सुकृतꣳ समुपार्जितम् । नश्यति द्वादशि-दिने हरेर् निर्माल्य-लङ्घनात्

pādme vrata-khaṇḍe— janma-prabhṛti yat-kiñcit sukṛtaṁ samupārjitam | naśyati dvādaśi-dine harer nirmālya-laṅghanāt

English translation

pddme vratakhande (In the Vrata-khanda of the Padma Purdna it is stated) janmaprabhrti yatkincit sukrtam samupdrjjitam nasyati dvadasi dine harer nirmmdlya langhandt All of the pious credit one had accumulated since birth is destroyed if one bathes Lord Hari on Dvadasi.

HBV 13.234

Source

त्रैलोक्यमोहन-पञ्चरात्रे च— स्नानꣳ न हरये दद्याद् द्वादश्याꣳ वैष्णवो दिवा । पक्ष-पूजा-फलꣳ सर्वꣳ वास्कलायोपगच्छति इति ।

trailokyamohana-pañcarātre ca— snānaṁ na haraye dadyād dvādaśyāṁ vaiṣṇavo divā | pakṣa-pūjā-phalaṁ sarvaṁ vāskalāyopagacchati iti |

English translation

A Vaisnava should not bathe Lord Hari on Dvadasi. If one does so, the result of his worship for the previous fifteen days goes to the demon, Vaskala.

HBV 13.235

Source

अतो दिवा निषिद्धत्वाद् रजन्याꣳ स्नापयेत् प्रभुम् । पवित्र-दमन-द्वादश्य्-उत्सवे तु न निश्य् अपि

ato divā niṣiddhatvād rajanyāṁ snāpayet prabhum | pavitra-damana-dvādaśy-utsave tu na niśy api

English translation

Because it is prohibited to bathe the Lord during the day on Dvadasi, one should, during the summer, bathe the Lord at night. However, on Pavitraropana-dvadasi and Damanakaropana-dvadasi, one should not bathe the Lord, even at night.

HBV 13.236

Source

नित्य-कृत्यꣳ समाप्याथ शक्त्या विप्राꣳश् च भोजयेत् । कुर्वीत द्वादशी-मध्ये तुलसीꣳ प्राश्य पारणम्

nitya-kṛtyaṁ samāpyātha śaktyā viprāṁś ca bhojayet | kurvīta dvādaśī-madhye tulasīṁ prāśya pāraṇam

English translation

During the day, on Dvadasi, one should perform his daily worship and chant his mantras in the morning. Then, according to his capacity, he should feed the brdhmanas before breaking his fast by first eating a tulasi leaf that was offered to the Lord.

HBV 13.237

Source

तथा च स्कान्दे— कृत्वा चैवोपवासꣳ तु योऽश्नाति द्वादशी-दिने । नैवेद्यꣳ तुलसी-मिश्रꣳ पाप-कोटि-विनाशनम्

tathā ca skānde— kṛtvā caivopavāsaṁ tu yo'śnāti dvādaśī-dine | naivedyaṁ tulasī-miśraṁ pāpa-koṭi-vināśanam

English translation

After observing Ekadasi, if one breaks his fast on Dvadasi by honoring the remnants of the Lord's food, along with tulasi, he is relieved from the reactions to ten million sinful activities.

HBV 13.238

Source

यत उक्तꣳ पाद्मे— महाहानिकरी ह्य् एषा द्वादशी लङ्घिता नृणाम् । करोति धर्म-हरणम् अस्नातेव सरस्वती

yata uktaṁ pādme— mahāhānikarī hy eṣā dvādaśī laṅghitā nṛṇām | karoti dharma-haraṇam asnāteva sarasvatī

English translation

yata uktarh pddme (This is confirmed in the Padma Purana) mahahdnikari hyesd dvadasi langhitd nrndrn karoti dharmma haranam asndteva sarasvati

If there is no presence of Dvadasi while breaking one's fast, it is very harmful. Just as it is a sin to cross the river Sarasvati without first bathing in it, it is a sin to observe an Ekadasi and then not break the fast on Dvadasi.

HBV 13.239

Source

स्क्द्न्दे (इन् थे स्कन्द पुर्द्न इत् इस् स्ततेद्) प्द्रन्धनि सर्ह्प्र्द्प्ते द्वदसिर्ह् यो व्यति क्रमेत् त्रयोदस्य्द्न्तु भुन्ज्द्नह् सतजन्म्द्नि न्द्रकि

skdnde (In the Skanda Purdna it is stated) pdrandhani sarhprdpte dvadasirh yo vyati kramet trayodasydntu bhunjdnah satajanmdni ndraki

English translation

One who does not breat his fast on Dvadasi and then breaks his fast on Trayodasi will suffer in hell fot his next one hundred lives.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 13.240

Source

तत्रैव श्री-मार्कण्डेय-भगीरथ-सꣳवादे— यो हि भागवतो भूत्वा द्वादशीꣳ न हि साधयेत् । कृतस्य पूर्व-पुण्यस्य दत्तस् तेन विभावसुः

tatraiva śrī-mārkaṇḍeya-bhagīratha-saṁvāde— yo hi bhāgavato bhūtvā dvādaśīṁ na hi sādhayet | kṛtasya pūrva-puṇyasya dattas tena vibhāvasuḥ

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Purdna it is stated) yo hi bhdgavato bhutvd dvadasirh na hi sddhayet kratastya purvva punyasya dattastena vibhdvasuh One who does not show due respect to Dvadasi throws his accumulated piety into fire.

HBV 13.241

Source

कौर्मे— एकादश्याम् उपोष्यैव द्वादश्याꣳ पारणꣳ स्मृतम् । त्रयोदश्याꣳ न तत् कुर्याद् द्वादश-द्वादशी-क्षयात्

kaurme— ekādaśyām upoṣyaiva dvādaśyāṁ pāraṇaṁ smṛtam | trayodaśyāṁ na tat kuryād dvādaśa-dvādaśī-kṣayāt

English translation

It is the procedure that one should fast on Ekadasi and then break his fast on Dvadasi, and not Trayodasi. By following this, one receives the merit of observing twleve Dvadasis.

HBV 13.242

Source

किञ्च— कला-द्वयꣳ त्रयꣳ वापि द्वादशीꣳ न त्व् अतिक्रमेत् । अतिक्रान्ता द्वादशी तु हन्ति पुण्यꣳ पुराकृतम्

kiñca— kalā-dvayaṁ trayaṁ vāpi dvādaśīṁ na tv atikramet | atikrāntā dvādaśī tu hanti puṇyaṁ purākṛtam

English translation

One should not neglect the vow of Dvadasi, even for a period of two or three kalds, because that will spoil one's piety.

HBV 13.243

Source

भविष्ये— यो द्वादशीम् अतिक्रम्य पारणꣳ कुरुते नरः । द्वादशाब्द-कृतꣳ तस्य तत्-क्षणाद् एव नश्यति

bhaviṣye— yo dvādaśīm atikramya pāraṇaṁ kurute naraḥ | dvādaśābda-kṛtaṁ tasya tat-kṣaṇād eva naśyati

English translation

One who breaks his fast after Dvadasi has ended immediately ruins the pious merit that he had accumulated during the previous twelve years.

HBV 13.244

Source

देवी-रहस्ये— द्वादशीꣳ समतिक्रम्य पारणꣳ यः करोति हि । स्नान-दानादिकꣳ सर्वꣳ निष्फलꣳ तस्य जायते

devī-rahasye— dvādaśīṁ samatikramya pāraṇaṁ yaḥ karoti hi | snāna-dānādikaṁ sarvaṁ niṣphalaṁ tasya jāyate

English translation

When one breaks his fast after Dvadasi has ended, all of the pious activities that he had performed, such as giving charity, are rendered useless.

HBV 13.245

Source

अल्पा चेद् द्वादशी कुर्यान् नित्य-कर्मारुणोदये । अत्यल्पा चेन् निशीथोर्ध्वम् आमध्याह्निकम् एव तत्

alpā ced dvādaśī kuryān nitya-karmāruṇodaye | atyalpā cen niśīthordhvam āmadhyāhnikam eva tat

English translation

If Dvadasi does not extend enough to allow one time to break his fast then one should begin his morning rituals about two hours before sunrise

4 0 4 SRI HARI'BHAKTI-VILASA and if Dvadasi is even shorter, he should begin his morning duties from midnight.

HBV 13.246

Source

भविष्ये— स्वल्पायाम् अथ भूपाल द्वादश्याम् अरुणोदये । स्नानार्चन-क्रियाः कार्या दान-होमादि-सꣳयुताः

bhaviṣye— svalpāyām atha bhūpāla dvādaśyām aruṇodaye | snānārcana-kriyāḥ kāryā dāna-homādi-saṁyutāḥ

English translation

bhavisye (In the Bhavisya Purana it is stated) svalpdyamatha bhupdla dvddasydm arunodaye snddndrccana kriydh hdryyd ddna homddi-sarhyutdh O protector of the earth, if the length of Dvadasi is very short on the day of breaking the fast, one should begin his daily activities, such as giving charity and performing fire sacrifice, about two hours before sunrise.

HBV 13.247

Source

पाद्मे— यदा भवति स्वल्पा हि द्वादशी पारणे दिने । ऊषःकाले द्वयꣳ कुर्यात् प्रातर्-माध्याह्निकꣳ तथा

pādme— yadā bhavati svalpā hi dvādaśī pāraṇe dine | ūṣaḥkāle dvayaṁ kuryāt prātar-mādhyāhnikaṁ tathā

English translation

If there is a very short period of Dvadasi remaining on the day of breaking the fast, one should perform his morning and noon duties early in the morning.

HBV 13.248

Source

तथा नारदीये— अल्पायाम् अथ विप्रेन्द्र द्वादश्याम् अरुणोदये । स्नानार्चन-क्रियाः कार्या दान-होमादि-सꣳयुताः

tathā nāradīye— alpāyām atha viprendra dvādaśyām aruṇodaye | snānārcana-kriyāḥ kāryā dāna-homādi-saṁyutāḥ

English translation

O exalted brdhmana, if Dvadasi overlaps the day of breaking the fast for a very short period, activities such as charity, fire sacrifice, and so on should be performed at dawn.

THIRTgENTg_VlLASA_ 405

HBV 13.249

Source

देवलोक्तौ, अतएवोक्तर्ह् स्द्रद्द् पुर्द्ने दिन कर्म्म दिने सर्व्वर्ह् कर्त्तव्यर्ह् यदि तद्दिने नैव सिद्धिम् अव्द्प्नोति तद्द् र्द्त्रौ विधियते

devaloktau, ataevoktarh sdradd purdne dina karmma dine sarvvarh karttavyarh yadi taddine naiva siddhim avdpnoti tadd rdtrau vidhiyate

English translation

All activities to be performed on a particular day should be completed during that day. If they are not completed that day, one may finish them that night.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 13.250

Source

स्कान्दे— कलार्धाꣳ द्वादशीꣳ दृष्ट्वा निशीथाद् ऊर्ध्वम् एव हि । आमध्याह्नाः क्रियाः सर्वाः कर्तव्याः शम्भु-शासनात्

skānde— kalārdhāṁ dvādaśīṁ dṛṣṭvā niśīthād ūrdhvam eva hi | āmadhyāhnāḥ kriyāḥ sarvāḥ kartavyāḥ śambhu-śāsanāt

English translation

skdnde (In the Skanda Purdna it is stated) kaldrddhdrh dvddasirh dhrstvd nisitha dilrdhvameva hi dmadhydhndh kriydh sarvv&h karttavyah sambhu sasandt If one sees that only one-half of a kald of DvadasI remains on the day of breaking a fast, one should start performing his duties at midnight. This is the instruction of Mahadeva.

HBV 13.251

Source

अशक्त्या सङ्कटे प्राप्ते पारणꣳ वारिणा चरेत् । तद् धि नैवासितꣳ नैवानशितꣳ च विदुर् बुधाः

aśaktyā saṅkaṭe prāpte pāraṇaṁ vāriṇā caret | tad dhi naivāsitaṁ naivānaśitaṁ ca vidur budhāḥ

English translation

If one is unable to do this, he should drink some water to break his fast because drinking water is considered eating, and also not eating.

HBV 13.252

Source

अत एव तत्र— कला-द्वयꣳ त्रयꣳ वापि द्वादशी यदि दृश्यते । स्नानार्चनादिकꣳ कर्म तदा रात्रौ विधीयते

ata eva tatra— kalā-dvayaṁ trayaṁ vāpi dvādaśī yadi dṛśyate | snānārcanādikaṁ karma tadā rātrau vidhīyate

English translation

It is recommended that if two or three kalds of Dvadasi remain when it is time to break one's fast, one should start performing his duties, such as bathing and worshiping the Lord, from midnight.

HBV 13.253

Source

कालिका-शारदा-पुराणयोः— स्वल्पैव द्वादशी यत्र स्नान-दानादिकाः क्रियाः । रजन्याम् एव कर्तव्या दान-होमादि-सꣳयुताः

kālikā-śāradā-purāṇayoḥ— svalpaiva dvādaśī yatra snāna-dānādikāḥ kriyāḥ | rajanyām eva kartavyā dāna-homādi-saṁyutāḥ

English translation

If the remainder of Dvadasi is very little on the day of breaking one's fast, one should execute his duties, such as performing a fire sacrifice and giving charity, at night.

HBV 13.254

Source

सङ्कटे विषमे प्राप्ते द्वादश्याꣳ पारयेत् कथम् । अद्भिस् तु पारणꣳ कुर्यात् पुनर्भुक्तꣳ न दोष-कृत्

saṅkaṭe viṣame prāpte dvādaśyāṁ pārayet katham | adbhis tu pāraṇaṁ kuryāt punarbhuktaṁ na doṣa-kṛt

English translation

What should one do if there is a dilemma regarding the breaking of a fast? One should simply drink some water and later on, eat grains. This will not create any defect in his fasting.

HBV 13.255

Source

कात्यायनोक्तौ च— मन्त्रꣳ जपित्वा हरये निवेद्योपोषणꣳ व्रती । अद्भिस् तु पारणꣳ कुर्यात् सङ्कटे विषमे सति

kātyāyanoktau ca— mantraṁ japitvā haraye nivedyopoṣaṇaṁ vratī | adbhis tu pāraṇaṁ kuryāt saṅkaṭe viṣame sati

English translation

If there is a severe dilemma, one should chant his mantra and break his fast with water after offering his fast at the lotus feet of Lord Hari.

HBV 13.256

Source

किञ्च— सन्ध्यादिकꣳ भवेन् नित्यꣳ पारणꣳ तु निमित्ततः । अद्भिस् तु पारयित्वा तु कुर्यात् सन्ध्यादिकꣳ पुनः इति ।

kiñca— sandhyādikaṁ bhaven nityaṁ pāraṇaṁ tu nimittataḥ | adbhis tu pārayitvā tu kuryāt sandhyādikaṁ punaḥ iti |

English translation

Morning duties, such as worshiping the Lord and chanting mantras are eternal duties, whereas breaking a fast is an occasional duty. Therefore, one should break his fast with water within the period of Dvadasi and thereafter, perform his required duties.

HBV 13.257

Source

द्वादशी-पूर्व-पादीयस् तत्र चेद् धरि-वासरः । द्वादश्य्-आधिक्यतस् तिष्ठेत् पारणꣳ तत्र नाचरेत्

dvādaśī-pūrva-pādīyas tatra ced dhari-vāsaraḥ | dvādaśy-ādhikyatas tiṣṭhet pāraṇaṁ tatra nācaret

English translation

The first one-fourth of Dvadasi is also considered Ekadasi. If, on the day of breaking a fast, this portion of Dvadasi is present, one should wait until it is over before breaking his fast.

HBV 13.258

Source

विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— द्वादश्याः प्रथमः पादो हरि-वासर-सꣳज्ञकः । तम् अतिक्रम्य कुर्वीत पारणꣳ विष्णुꣳ तत्परः

viṣṇu-dharmottare— dvādaśyāḥ prathamaḥ pādo hari-vāsara-saṁjñakaḥ | tam atikramya kurvīta pāraṇaṁ viṣṇuṁ tatparaḥ

English translation

visnu dharmottare (In the Visnu-dharmottara it is stated) dvddasydh prathamah pado harivdsara sarhjhakah tamati kramya kurvvit paranarh visnu tatparah The first one-fourth of Dvadasi is considered to be part of Ekadasi. The devotees of Lord Hari should not break their fast during that period.

HBV 13.259

Source

क्वचिच् च— द्वादश्य्-एकादशी-योगे विख्यातो हरि-वासरः । एकादश्य्-आन्त्यपादश् च द्वादश्याः पूर्व एव हि । हरि-वासर इत्य् आहुर् भोजनꣳ न समाचरेत्

kvacic ca— dvādaśy-ekādaśī-yoge vikhyāto hari-vāsaraḥ | ekādaśy-āntyapādaś ca dvādaśyāḥ pūrva eva hi | hari-vāsara ity āhur bhojanaṁ na samācaret

English translation

Ekadasi is thus made up of Ekadasi and Dvadasi. One should be very careful not to eat anything during the last one-fourth of Ekadasi and the first one-fourth of Dvadasi.

HBV 13.260

Source

स्कान्दे— क्षौद्रꣳ माꣳसꣳ सुराꣳ तैलꣳ व्यायामꣳ क्रोध-मैथुने । परान्नꣳ काꣳस्य-ताम्बूले लोभ निर्माल्य-लङ्घनम् । द्वादश्याꣳ द्वादशैतानि वैष्णवः परिवर्जयेत्

skānde— kṣaudraṁ māṁsaṁ surāṁ tailaṁ vyāyāmaṁ krodha-maithune | parānnaṁ kāṁsya-tāmbūle lobha nirmālya-laṅghanam | dvādaśyāṁ dvādaśaitāni vaiṣṇavaḥ parivarjayet

English translation

A Vaisnava should avoid honey, flesh, wine, oil, exercise, becoming angry, sexual intercourse, fried rice, bell metal pots, betel nuts, greed, and removing tulasi leaves from the body of the Deity on Dvadasi.

HBV 13.261–262

Source

ब्रह्माण्ड-पुराणे— काꣳस्यꣳ माꣳसꣳ सुराꣳ क्षौद्रꣳ लोभꣳ वितथ-भाषणम् । व्यायामꣳ च प्रवासꣳ च दिवा-स्वप्न-मथाञ्जनम् शिलापिष्टꣳ मसूरꣳ च द्वादशैतानि वैष्णवः । द्वादश्याꣳ वर्जयेन् नित्यꣳ सर्व-पापैः प्रमुच्यते

brahmāṇḍa-purāṇe— kāṁsyaṁ māṁsaṁ surāṁ kṣaudraṁ lobhaṁ vitatha-bhāṣaṇam | vyāyāmaṁ ca pravāsaṁ ca divā-svapna-mathāñjanam śilāpiṣṭaṁ masūraṁ ca dvādaśaitāni vaiṣṇavaḥ | dvādaśyāṁ varjayen nityaṁ sarva-pāpaiḥ pramucyate

English translation

If a Vaisnava avoids these twelve things—bell metal, flesh, wine, honey, greed, lies, exercise, traveling, sleeping during the day, putting ointment on his eyes, and masura dal—he can be freed from the reactions to all sinful activities.

HBV 13.263

Source

बृहस्पतिर् अपि— काꣳस्यꣳ माꣳसꣳ सुराꣳ धृतꣳ व्यायामꣳ क्रोध-मैथुनम् । हिꣳसाम् असत्यꣳ लौल्यꣳ च तैलꣳ निर्माल्य-लङ्घनम् । द्वादश्याꣳ द्वादशैतानि वैष्णवः परिवर्जयेत्

bṛhaspatir api— kāṁsyaṁ māṁsaṁ surāṁ dhṛtaṁ vyāyāmaṁ krodha-maithunam | hiṁsām asatyaṁ laulyaṁ ca tailaṁ nirmālya-laṅghanam | dvādaśyāṁ dvādaśaitāni vaiṣṇavaḥ parivarjayet

English translation

A Vaisnava should avoid bell metal, wine, chess, exercise, anger, sex, violence, lies, greed, oil, and removing flowers and tulasi leaves from the Deity on Dvadasi.

HBV 13.264

Source

क्वचिच् च— काꣳस्यꣳ माꣳसꣳ मसूरꣳ च चणकꣳ कोरदूषकम् । रत्य्-औषध-परान्नꣳ च द्वादश्याम् अष्ट वर्जयेत्

kvacic ca— kāṁsyaṁ māṁsaṁ masūraṁ ca caṇakaṁ koradūṣakam | raty-auṣadha-parānnaṁ ca dvādaśyām aṣṭa varjayet

English translation

One should carefully avoid these eight on Dvadasi—bell metal, flesh, masura dal, peas, kedo rice, sex, medicine, and fried rice.

HBV 13.265–266

Source

ब्रह्म-वैवर्ते श्री-सूत-शौनक-सꣳवादे— उन्मीलनी वञ्जुली च त्रिस्पृशा पक्ष-वर्धिनी । जया च विजया चैव जयन्ती पापनाशिनी द्वादश्योऽष्टौ महापुण्याः सर्व-पाप-हरा द्विज । तिथि-योगेन जायन्ते चतस्रश् चापरास् तथा । नक्षत्र-योगाच् च बलात् पापꣳ प्रशमयन्ति ताः

brahma-vaivarte śrī-sūta-śaunaka-saṁvāde— unmīlanī vañjulī ca trispṛśā pakṣa-vardhinī | jayā ca vijayā caiva jayantī pāpanāśinī dvādaśyo'ṣṭau mahāpuṇyāḥ sarva-pāpa-harā dvija | tithi-yogena jāyante catasraś cāparās tathā | nakṣatra-yogāc ca balāt pāpaṁ praśamayanti tāḥ

English translation

that is recorded in the Brahma-vaivarta Purana it is stated) unmilani vyanjuli ca trisprsd paksa varddhini

4 1 0 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA jayd ca vijaya cawa jayanti papa ndsini dvddasyo'stau mahdpunydh sarva pdpahard dvija tithi yogena jdyante catasrascd pardstathd naksatra yogdcca baldt pdparh prasamayanti tdh O brdhmana, the eight Maha-dvadasis—Unmilani, Vyanjuli, Trisprsd, Paksavardhini, Jay a, Vijaya, Jayanti and Pdpandsini—are very auspicious, and they nullify all one's sinful reactions. Among them, the first four occur because of the tithi, or days, and the last four occur because of the naksatra, or stars. Still, all of them destroy one's sinful reactions.

HBV 13.267

Source

एकादशी तु सम्पूर्णा वर्धते पुनर् एव सा । द्वादशी च न वर्धत कथितोन्मीलनीनि सा

ekādaśī tu sampūrṇā vardhate punar eva sā | dvādaśī ca na vardhata kathitonmīlanīni sā

English translation

If an Ekadasi begins four dandas before sunrise, completes its full duration of sixty-four dandas, and overlaps the next day, although the duration of Dvadasi does not increase, it is called Unmilani Maha-dvadasi

HBV 13.268

Source

द्वादश्य् एव विवर्धेत न चैवैकादशी यदा । वञ्जुली तु भृगु-श्रेष्ठ कथिता पापनाशिनी

dvādaśy eva vivardheta na caivaikādaśī yadā | vañjulī tu bhṛgu-śreṣṭha kathitā pāpanāśinī

English translation

O best in the dynasty of Bhrgu, when a Dvadasi lasts sixty dandas and overlaps the next day but the duration of Ekadasi does not increase, it is called Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasi and destroys all sinful reactions.

HBV 13.269

Source

अरुणोदय आद्या स्याद् द्वादशी सकलꣳ दिनम् । अन्ते त्रयोदशी प्रातस् त्रिस्पृशा सा हरेः प्रिया

aruṇodaya ādyā syād dvādaśī sakalaṁ dinam | ante trayodaśī prātas trispṛśā sā hareḥ priyā

English translation

If Ekadasi is present before sunrise, the entire next day is Dvadasi, and at the end of that night, Trayodasi begins, it is known as Trisprsa Maha- dvadasi and is very dear to Lord Hari.

HBV 13.270

Source

कुहू-राके यदा वृद्धिꣳ प्रयाते पक्ष-वर्धिनी । विहायैकादशीꣳ तत्र द्वादशीꣳ समुपोषयेत्

kuhū-rāke yadā vṛddhiṁ prayāte pakṣa-vardhinī | vihāyaikādaśīṁ tatra dvādaśīṁ samupoṣayet

English translation

If, when a full moon day or a new moon day is completed, it overlaps the next day, then the preceding Dvadasi is called Paksavardhini Maha- dvadasi. On that occasion, one should not observe the pure Ekadasi but instead, follow this sacred Dvadasi.

HBV 13.271

Source

पुण्य-श्रवण-पुष्याद्य्-अरोहिणी-सꣳयुतास् तु ताः । उपोषिताः समफला द्वादश्योऽष्टौ पृथक् पृथक्

puṇya-śravaṇa-puṣyādy-arohiṇī-saṁyutās tu tāḥ | upoṣitāḥ samaphalā dvādaśyo'ṣṭau pṛthak pṛthak

English translation

Four dandas of the waxing moon are considered part of a Maha-dvadasi when they are in contact with the four stars—Pusya, Sravana, Punarvasu and Rohini. The preceding four Maha-dvadasis occur due to contact with the tithi. By fasting on these days, one achieves immense benefit.

HBV 13.272–273

Source

ब्रह्म-घ्नम् अपि सा पूर्वा विशोधयति भार्गव । वञ्जुलेति द्वितीया सा हत्यायुत-विनाशिनी महापापानि चत्वारि शोधयेत् त्रिस्पृशा कृता । कुरुतेऽशेष-कलुष-विच्छेदꣳ पक्ष-वर्धिनी

brahma-ghnam api sā pūrvā viśodhayati bhārgava | vañjuleti dvitīyā sā hatyāyuta-vināśinī mahāpāpāni catvāri śodhayet trispṛśā kṛtā | kurute'śeṣa-kaluṣa-vicchedaṁ pakṣa-vardhinī

English translation

412 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA mahd papani cawdri sodhayet trisprsa krtd kurute'sesa kalusa vicchedarh paksa varddhinl O Bhargava! The observance of Unmilani Maha-dvadasi purifies even the killer of a brahmana. The observance of Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasi frees one of the reactions for killing ten thousand living entities. Observing Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi relieves one of the reactions to the four types of grievous sinful activities, and observing Paksavardhini Maha-dvadasi annihilates unlimited sinful reactions.

HBV 13.274

Source

जया जयन्ती विजया प्रेत-मोक्षꣳ तथापरा । जयन्ती नरक-च्छेदम् अपि दुष्कृत-कारिणाम् । अष्टमी तु भृगु-श्रेष्ठ यथार्था पापनाशिनी

jayā jayantī vijayā preta-mokṣaṁ tathāparā | jayantī naraka-cchedam api duṣkṛta-kāriṇām | aṣṭamī tu bhṛgu-śreṣṭha yathārthā pāpanāśinī

English translation

The three Maha-dvadasis—Jaya, Jayanti and Vijaya—are capable of delivering one from a ghostly existence. The observance of Jayanti Maha- dvadasi protects miscreants from going to hell. O best in the dynasty of Bhrgu, all eight Maha-dvadasis are capable of removing sins.

HBV 13.275–276

Source

किञ्च— अथेति महता पुण्य-प्रमारेण हरेर् दिनम् । शुक्ल-पक्षे भृगु-श्रेष्ठ विशेष-व्रत-सꣳयुतम् तदायतम् अपि त्यक्तꣳ यदि पुण्यꣳ बहिः-श्रुतैः । तद् एतद् अमृतꣳ प्राप्तꣳ कराद् विगलितꣳ क्षणात्

kiñca— atheti mahatā puṇya-pramāreṇa harer dinam | śukla-pakṣe bhṛgu-śreṣṭha viśeṣa-vrata-saṁyutam tadāyatam api tyaktaṁ yadi puṇyaṁ bahiḥ-śrutaiḥ | tad etad amṛtaṁ prāptaṁ karād vigalitaṁ kṣaṇāt

English translation

O best in the dynasty of Bhrgu, if an auspicious Ekadasi or Dvadasi during the fortnight of the waxing moon arrives and if one fails to observe it due to being misguided by an atheist, he will lose all his pious merit, just as one loses nectar that is kept in one's cupped palms.

HBV 13.277

Source

एकादशी-स्वरूपेण धर्मः साक्षाज् जनार्दनः । तच्-छरीर-समꣳ प्राहुर् वञ्जुल्य्-उन्मीलनी-व्रतम्

ekādaśī-svarūpeṇa dharmaḥ sākṣāj janārdanaḥ | tac-charīra-samaṁ prāhur vañjuly-unmīlanī-vratam

English translation

Lord Hari, the personification of religious principles, has personally appeared as Ekadasi. Vows, such as the observance of Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasi and Unmilani Maha-dvadasi, are non-different from His transcendental body.

HBV 13.278

Source

विहाय वञ्जुली पापाः कारयन्त्य् अवराꣳ तिथिम् । हिꣳसितस् तैर् असौ कृष्णाक्षर इत्य् अवधारय

vihāya vañjulī pāpāḥ kārayanty avarāṁ tithim | hiṁsitas tair asau kṛṣṇākṣara ity avadhāraya

English translation

One should know for certain that sinful people who reject the vow of Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasi and follow some other vow are envious of Lord Krsna.

HBV 13.279

Source

ये क्द्रयन्त्य विद्व्द्र्ह्सह् स्द्स्त्रम् उल्लन्घ्य हैतुकह् प्र्द्निनस् तत्क्र्तर्ह् प्द्पर्ह् तेस्द्र्ह् गच्छति सम्सयम्

ye kdrayantya vidvdrhsah sdstram ullanghya haitukah prdninas tatkrtarh pdparh tesdrh gacchati samsayam

English translation

There is no doubt that the foolish people who are fond of dry arguments, transgress the scriptural injunctions, and inspire common people to follow other vows, will have to accept the sinful reactions of those vows on their heads.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 13.280

Source

तेषाꣳ निरभिमानैस् तु भूत्वा शास्त्रानुगामिभिः । यथावटु-पदेष्टव्यꣳ न भाव्यꣳ कलुषाशयः

teṣāṁ nirabhimānais tu bhūtvā śāstrānugāmibhiḥ | yathāvaṭu-padeṣṭavyaṁ na bhāvyaṁ kaluṣāśayaḥ

English translation

... SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA yathavad upadestavyarh na bhdvyarh kalusdsayaih A learned person should give up false pride and advise others to act in a way that is in accordance with the injunctions of the scriptures and he should never associate with sinful-minded people.

HBV 13.281

Source

ब्राह्मे वसिष्ठ-मान्धातृ-सꣳवादे— जया च विजया चैव जयन्ती पापनाशिनी । सर्व-पाप-हरा ह्य् एताः कर्तव्याः फल-काङ्क्षिभिः

brāhme vasiṣṭha-māndhātṛ-saṁvāde— jayā ca vijayā caiva jayantī pāpanāśinī | sarva-pāpa-harā hy etāḥ kartavyāḥ phala-kāṅkṣibhiḥ

English translation

that is found in the Brahma Purana it is stated) jaya ca vijaya caiva jayanti papanasini sarvva papa hard hyetah karttavydh phala kdnksibhih Those who wish to obtain the actual benefit of observing the vow of Dvadasi should observe the Jaya, Vijaya, Jayanti and Papanasini Maha- dvadasis because they relieve one of all sinful reactions.

HBV 13.282

Source

ब्रह्म-वैवर्ते— द्वादश्योऽष्टौ समाख्याता याः पुराण-विचक्षणैः । तासाम् एकापि च हता हन्ति पुण्यꣳ पुराकृतम्

brahma-vaivarte— dvādaśyo'ṣṭau samākhyātā yāḥ purāṇa-vicakṣaṇaiḥ | tāsām ekāpi ca hatā hanti puṇyaṁ purākṛtam

English translation

brahma vaivartte (In the Brahma-vaivarta Purana it is stated) dvddasyostau samdkhyata yah purana vicaksanaih tdsam ekdpi ca hatd hanti punyarh pura krtam The compilers of the Puranas have repeatedly described these eight Maha-dvadasis. If one fails to observe even one of them, all his accumulated piety is lost.

HBV 13.283

Source

पाद्मे मार्कण्डेय-पुराणे च श्री-भगवद्-उक्तौ— न करिष्यन्ति ये लोके द्वादश्योऽष्टौ ममाज्ञया । तेषाꣳ यम-पुरे वासो यावद्-आहूत-सꣳप्लवम्

pādme mārkaṇḍeya-purāṇe ca śrī-bhagavad-uktau— na kariṣyanti ye loke dvādaśyo'ṣṭau mamājñayā | teṣāṁ yama-pure vāso yāvad-āhūta-saṁplavam

English translation

in the Padma Purana and Mdrkandeya Purana)

na karisyanti ye loke dvadasyo'stau mamdjnayd tesarh yamapure vaso ydvad dhuta sarhplavam Those who do not observe the eight Maha-dvadasis, as instructed by Me, will have to reside in the abode of Yamaraja until the time of the final annihilation of the universe.

HBV 13.284

Source

स्कान्दे च ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे जागरण-प्रसङ्गे— उन्मीलनी परित्यक्ता वञ्जुली पक्ष-वर्धिनी । नरके वसते तावद् यावद्-इन्द्राश्चतुर्दश

skānde ca brahma-nārada-saṁvāde jāgaraṇa-prasaṅge— unmīlanī parityaktā vañjulī pakṣa-vardhinī | narake vasate tāvad yāvad-indrāścaturdaśa

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Purdna it is stated) unmilani parityaktd • vahjull paksarddhini narake vasate tdvad ydvad indrds caturdasa One who neglects to observe the sacred vows of Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasi, Unmilani Maha-dvadasi, and Paksavardhini Maha-dvadasi will reside in hell for one kalpa.

HBV 13.285

Source

त्रिस्पृशा विष्णुदयिता ये न कुर्वन्ति भूतले । तावद् यमपुरे वासो यावन् नद्यः ससागराः इति ।

trispṛśā viṣṇudayitā ye na kurvanti bhūtale | tāvad yamapure vāso yāvan nadyaḥ sasāgarāḥ iti |

English translation

Those who do not observe the vow of Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi, which is very dear to Lord Visnu, will reside in hell for as long as the oceans and rivers exist in this world.

HBV 13.286

Source

जयादीनाꣳ चतसृणाꣳ तथा व्यक्तꣳ निरूप्यते । भान्यर्कोदयम् आरभ्य प्रवृत्तान्य् अधिकानि चेत् । समा न्यूनानि वा सन्तु ततोऽमीषाꣳ व्रतौचित्ती

jayādīnāṁ catasṛṇāṁ tathā vyaktaṁ nirūpyate | bhānyarkodayam ārabhya pravṛttāny adhikāni cet | samā nyūnāni vā santu tato'mīṣāṁ vrataucittī

English translation

416 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA bhdnyarkodaym drabhya pravrttdnya dhikdni cet soma nyuydndni vd santu tato'misdrh vratauciti Now, the deities of the four Maha-dvadasis that occur due to contact with particular stars are being described. If the four Maha-dvadasis—Java, Vijaya, Jayanti and Papanasini—which occur due to contact with the four stars—Punarvasu, Sravana, Rohini and Pusya—are completed in sixty dandas, one should observe them because such a practice is very beneficial.

HBV 13.287

Source

किꣳवा सूर्योदयात् पूर्वꣳ प्रवृत्तान्य् अधिकानि चेत् । समानि वा तदाप्य् एषा व्रताचरण-योग्यता

kiṁvā sūryodayāt pūrvaṁ pravṛttāny adhikāni cet | samāni vā tadāpy eṣā vratācaraṇa-yogyatā

English translation

If the time of contact with one of the above-mentioned stars begins before sunrise and continues throughout the entire day and night and then overlaps the next day, one should observe this Dvadasi. However, if the time of contact does not continue throughout the entire day and night, it should not be observed.

HBV 13.288

Source

श्रवणा-व्यतिरिक्तेषु नक्षत्रेषु खलु त्रिषु । सूर्यास्तमन-पर्यन्तꣳ कार्यꣳ द्वादश्य्-अपेक्षणम्

śravaṇā-vyatirikteṣu nakṣatreṣu khalu triṣu | sūryāstamana-paryantaṁ kāryaṁ dvādaśy-apekṣaṇam

English translation

Apart from the star, Sravana, the period of contact with the stars, Punarvasu, Rohini and Pusya, which cause the three Maha-dvadasis—Jaya, Jayanti and Papanasini—must continue up until sunset.

HBV 13.289

Source

श्रवणे त्व् अस्तमनतः प्राग् द्वादश्याꣳ समाप्तताम् । गतायाम् अपि तत्रैव व्रतस्योचितता भवेत्

śravaṇe tv astamanataḥ prāg dvādaśyāṁ samāptatām | gatāyām api tatraiva vratasyocitatā bhavet

English translation

Regarding the star, Sravana, even if the duration of Dvadasi ends before sunset, one should still observe the vow of Dvadasi.

HBV 13.290

Source

वृद्धौ भतिथ्योर् अधिका तिथिश् चेत् पारणꣳ ततः । अन्ते स्याच् चेत् तिथिर् न्यूना तिथि-मध्ये तु पारणम्

vṛddhau bhatithyor adhikā tithiś cet pāraṇaṁ tataḥ | ante syāc cet tithir nyūnā tithi-madhye tu pāraṇam

English translation

On the day of breaking one's fast, if contact with the star or tithi has extended to this day, or if contact with the tithi continues beyond contact with the star, the fast should be broken after contact with the star has ended. If contact with the tithi is shorter than contact with the star, the fast should be broken when contact with the tithi has ended.

HBV 13.291

Source

द्वादश्य्-अननुवृत्तौ तु वृद्धौ ब्रह्माच्युत-र्क्षयोः । तन्-मध्ये पारणꣳ वृद्धौ शेषयोस् तद्-अतिक्रमे

dvādaśy-ananuvṛttau tu vṛddhau brahmācyuta-rkṣayoḥ | tan-madhye pāraṇaṁ vṛddhau śeṣayos tad-atikrame

English translation

If, on the day of breaking one's fast, there is no continuance of Dvadasi and if the Rohirri and Sravana stars have extended their time of contact, the fast should be broken within the period of contact with the stars. If the duration of contact with Punarvasu and Pusya is extended, the fast should be broken after their period o{ contact is over.

HBV 13.292

Source

स्रि द्वदसि चतुस्कर्स्य महतोऽसौ विनिर्नयह् न्र्सिम्ह परिचर्य्य्द्दि ग्रन्थ द्र्स्त्य निरुपितह्

sri dvadasi catuskarsya mahato'sau vinirnayah nrsimha paricaryyddi grantha drstya nirupitah

English translation

Thus, the four Maha-dvadasis that occur due to the presence of a particular star have been described, according to the opinion of the Vaisnava dcdrya, Sri Krsnadeva, who wrote the famous essay, Nrsirhha Paricaryd.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 13.293–294

Source

अथोन्मिलन्य दिन्द्र्ह् विसेसतो म्ध्द्त्म्यम् त्द्सु पुज विधि विसेसस्च

athonmilanya dindrh visesato mdhdtmyam tdsu puja vidhi visesasca

English translation

and their procedures, are being described)

41R SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA atha tatradau unmilanivratam (The subject of Unmilani Maha-dvadasi) pddme sri suta uvdca (Suta Gosvami spoke this verse, which is found in the Padma Purana) rdjyarh prakuwatah purvvam amvarlsasya vesmani gautamas tapasd srestham smdydto mahdmunih drstva tarndgatarh rdjd samuttasthau nijdsandt datwdrghyarh parayd bhaktyd provdca dsana sarhsthitam Long ago, King Ambarisa was once visited in his dsrama by the great sage, Gautama. The king hastily got up from his seat, greeted the sage with great respect, and offered him pddya, arghya and other articles of worship.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 13.295

Source

श्री-अम्बरीष उवाच— स्वागतꣳ मुनि-सार्दूल प्रसादꣳ कर्तुम् अर्हसि । धन्यानाम् अपि धन्योऽहꣳ यत् त्वꣳ मद्-गृहम् आगतः

śrī-ambarīṣa uvāca— svāgataṁ muni-sārdūla prasādaṁ kartum arhasi | dhanyānām api dhanyo'haṁ yat tvaṁ mad-gṛham āgataḥ

English translation

O great sage, for what purpose have you come here? Please be merciful to me. I hope that you are well. I consider myself most fortunate because today, you have come to my residence.

HBV 13.296

Source

तपसः कुशलꣳ तेऽद्य भक्तिः श्री-केशवापरि । निश्चला मुनि-शार्दूल हृदयान् नापसर्पति

tapasaḥ kuśalaṁ te'dya bhaktiḥ śrī-keśavāpari | niścalā muni-śārdūla hṛdayān nāpasarpati

English translation

O exalted sage, is your penance continuing peacefully? Are you fully absorbed in devotional service to Lord Krsna?

HBV 13.297–299

Source

श्री-गौतम उवाच— तपसः कुशलꣳ राजन् भक्तिः कृष्णे सुनिश्चला । कुशलꣳ तव राजेन्द्र ब्राह्मणान् पासि सर्वदा भक्तिण् भागवतीꣳ नित्यꣳ किꣳ करोषि नराधिप । शालग्राम-मयꣳ बिम्बꣳ किꣳ त्वꣳ पश्यसि प्रत्यहम् किꣳ त्वꣳ वन्दयसे नित्यꣳ शालग्राम-शिला-जलम् । गृहीत्वा स्नान-तोयꣳ तु किꣳ त्वꣳ पिबसि प्रत्यहम्

śrī-gautama uvāca— tapasaḥ kuśalaṁ rājan bhaktiḥ kṛṣṇe suniścalā | kuśalaṁ tava rājendra brāhmaṇān pāsi sarvadā bhaktiṇ bhāgavatīṁ nityaṁ kiṁ karoṣi narādhipa | śālagrāma-mayaṁ bimbaṁ kiṁ tvaṁ paśyasi pratyaham kiṁ tvaṁ vandayase nityaṁ śālagrāma-śilā-jalam | gṛhītvā snāna-toyaṁ tu kiṁ tvaṁ pibasi pratyaham

English translation

O King, my penance is going on nicely. My devotional service unto Lord Krsna is firmly fixed. O best of kings, how are you doing? I hope that you are maintaining the brdhmarxas very nicely. O King, are you always engaged in rendering devotional service unto Lord Krsna? Are you regularly worshiping the sdlagrdma-sild7. Do you regularly glorify the water that has washed the lotus feet of the sdlagrdma'Sildl Do you drink that water every day?

HBV 13.300

Source

दत्त्वा वै वैष्णवानाꣳ तु प्रोक्षणꣳ कुरुषे गृहे । तद्-विलेपन-शेषेण अङ्गानि परिमार्जसि

dattvā vai vaiṣṇavānāṁ tu prokṣaṇaṁ kuruṣe gṛhe | tad-vilepana-śeṣeṇa aṅgāni parimārjasi

English translation

Do you wash the lotus feet of the Vaisnavas who visit you? Do you apply sandalwood paste on the bodies of the Vaisnavas and then smear the remnants of that paste on your body?

HBV 13.301

Source

शालग्राम-शिला-मालाꣳ दत्त्वा मूर्धनि प्रत्यहम् । किꣳ धारयसि भूपाल कण्ठे नित्यꣳ सुभक्तितः

śālagrāma-śilā-mālāṁ dattvā mūrdhani pratyaham | kiṁ dhārayasi bhūpāla kaṇṭhe nityaṁ subhaktitaḥ

English translation

4 7 0 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA kirn dharayasi bhupala kanthe nityarh subhaktitah 1 Do you offer a flower garland to your sdlagrdma-sild every day? Do you honor the remnants of that flower garland by touching it to your head and neck with devotion?

HBV 13.302

Source

धूपशेषꣳ तु कृष्णस्य भक्त्या भजसि भूमिप । कृत्वा चारात्रिकꣳ विष्णोर् भक्त्या वन्दयसे नृप

dhūpaśeṣaṁ tu kṛṣṇasya bhaktyā bhajasi bhūmipa | kṛtvā cārātrikaṁ viṣṇor bhaktyā vandayase nṛpa

English translation

O protector of the earth, do you smell the incense that has been offered to Lord Krsna? O King, do you worship Lord Visnu and pray to Him with devotion?

HBV 13.303

Source

शङ्खोदकꣳ हरेर् मूर्ध्नि भ्रामयित्वा सुभक्तितः । बिभर्षि शिरसा नित्यꣳ शेषꣳ यच्छसि वैष्णवान्

śaṅkhodakaṁ harer mūrdhni bhrāmayitvā subhaktitaḥ | bibharṣi śirasā nityaṁ śeṣaṁ yacchasi vaiṣṇavān

English translation

Do you offer some water above the head of Lord Hari after placing it in a small conch shell? Do you then sprinkle some of that water on your head, and on the heads of the assembled Vaisnavas?

HBV 13.304

Source

नैवेद्यꣳ देवदेवस्य सर्वोपस्कर-सꣳयुतम् । विष्वक्सेनाय दत्त्वा त्वꣳ भुञ्जसे वैष्णवैः सह

naivedyaṁ devadevasya sarvopaskara-saṁyutam | viṣvaksenāya dattvā tvaṁ bhuñjase vaiṣṇavaiḥ saha

English translation

Are you offering various kinds of food and drink to Lord Narayana, the master of the demigods? Thereafter, are you giving the Lord's remnants to His associates, such as Visvaksena and then, along with the other Vaisnavas, eating whatever remains?

HBV 13.305

Source

नित्यꣳ नाम-सहस्रेन भक्त्या स्तौषि जनार्दनम् । दीपार्घ्य-दानꣳ देवस्य कुरुषे गीत-नर्तनम्

nityaṁ nāma-sahasrena bhaktyā stauṣi janārdanam | dīpārghya-dānaṁ devasya kuruṣe gīta-nartanam

English translation

T H I R T E E N T H VILASA 421 dipdrghya ddnarh devasya kuruse gita narttanam ? Are you reciting the one thousand names of Lord Visnu every day with devotion? Do you offer a ghee lamp and arghya to Lord Krsna? Do you sing and dance in ecstasy before the Deities?

HBV 13.306

Source

दूर्वाङ्कुरैः पूजयित्वा पूजान्ते मधुसूदनम् । अक्षतैर् नृप-शार्दूल किमर्चयसि केशवम्

dūrvāṅkuraiḥ pūjayitvā pūjānte madhusūdanam | akṣatair nṛpa-śārdūla kimarcayasi keśavam

English translation

O King, do you worship Lord Madhusudana by offering Him tender durvd grass? Do you offer rice paddy to Lord Kesava at the end of the worship?

HBV 13.307

Source

पक्षे पक्षे नृप-श्रेष्ठ विधिवद् द्वादशी-व्रतम् । दशमी-वेध-रहितꣳ कुरुषे जागरान्वितम्

pakṣe pakṣe nṛpa-śreṣṭha vidhivad dvādaśī-vratam | daśamī-vedha-rahitaṁ kuruṣe jāgarānvitam

English translation

O foremost ruler of men, do you observe the vow of Dvadasi that is not polluted by the touch of Dasami, both during the fortnight of the waxing moon and the waning moon, remaining awake all night?

HBV 13.308

Source

तुलसी-पत्र-निकरैर् नित्यꣳ पूजयसे हरिम् । पुण्ड्रꣳ बिभर्षि देहे त्वꣳ गोपीचन्दन-सम्भवम्

tulasī-patra-nikarair nityaṁ pūjayase harim | puṇḍraṁ bibharṣi dehe tvaṁ gopīcandana-sambhavam

English translation

Do you worship Lord Hari every day with offerings of tulasi leaves? Do you decorate your body with tilaka every day?

HBV 13.309

Source

बिभर्षि कण्ठे त्वꣳ नित्यꣳ धात्री-फल-समुद्भवाम् । मालाꣳ मखायुत-समाꣳ तुलसी-पत्र-सम्भवाम्

bibharṣi kaṇṭhe tvaṁ nityaṁ dhātrī-phala-samudbhavām | mālāṁ makhāyuta-samāṁ tulasī-patra-sambhavām

English translation

47 - SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA Do you wear beads made from amalakl fruit on your neck? Do you place on your head the tulasi garland that was offered to the Lord?

HBV 13.310

Source

शालग्राम-शिला-युक्तꣳ द्वारकायाः समुद्भवम् । नित्यꣳ पूजयसे भूप भुक्ति-मुक्ति-फल-प्रदम्

śālagrāma-śilā-yuktaṁ dvārakāyāḥ samudbhavam | nityaṁ pūjayase bhūpa bhukti-mukti-phala-pradam

English translation

O King, do you worship the sdlagrama'sild and Dvarakd-sild, which awards material enjoyment, as well as liberation?

HBV 13.311

Source

पुराणꣳ त्वꣳ भागवतꣳ पठसे पुरतो हरेः । चरितꣳ दैत्यराजस्य प्रह्लादस्य च भूपते

purāṇaṁ tvaṁ bhāgavataṁ paṭhase purato hareḥ | caritaṁ daityarājasya prahlādasya ca bhūpate

English translation

O maintainer of the earth, do you recite the Srimad-Bhagavatarn and the characteristics of Prahlada Maharaja before the Deity of Lord Hari every day?

HBV 13.312

Source

वासरꣳ वासुदेवस्य स-वेधꣳ कुर्वतो नरान् । निवारयसि भूपाल शास्त्र-दृष्ट्या प्रयत्नतः

vāsaraṁ vāsudevasya sa-vedhaṁ kurvato narān | nivārayasi bhūpāla śāstra-dṛṣṭyā prayatnataḥ

English translation

O King, do you discourage those who observe the vow of an Ekadasi that is mixed with Dasami by convincing them not to do so by citing evidence from the scriptures?

HBV 13.313

Source

स-वेधꣳ वासरꣳ विष्णोर् यस्मिन् राष्ट्रे प्रवर्तते । लिप्यते तेन पापेन राजा भवति नारकी

sa-vedhaṁ vāsaraṁ viṣṇor yasmin rāṣṭre pravartate | lipyate tena pāpena rājā bhavati nārakī

English translation

The king of that country where a mixed Ekadasi is observed by the citizens will go to hell as a result of that sin.

HBV 13.314

Source

वेधꣳ चतुर्विधꣳ त्यक्त्वा समुपोष्य हरेर् दिनम् । कुल-कोटिꣳ समुद्धृत्य नरकाद् व्रजते दिवम्

vedhaṁ caturvidhaṁ tyaktvā samupoṣya harer dinam | kula-koṭiṁ samuddhṛtya narakād vrajate divam

English translation

One who observes Ekadasi by carefully avoiding the four kinds of pollution that can occur during the four dandas before sunrise, delivers ten million of his family members from hell and elevates them to heaven.

HBV 13.315

Source

अम्बरीष उवाच— त्वया यद्-उक्तꣳ विप्रेन्द्र तत् सर्वꣳ प्रकरोम्य् अहम् । पश्याम्य् अहꣳ विष्णु-मयꣳ जगद् एतच् चराचरम्

ambarīṣa uvāca— tvayā yad-uktaṁ viprendra tat sarvaṁ prakaromy aham | paśyāmy ahaṁ viṣṇu-mayaṁ jagad etac carācaram

English translation

O exalted brdhmana, I follow each and every devotional principle that you have inquired about. I see the entire world, which is full of moving and non-moving living entities, as simply a manifestation of Lord Visnu's energy.

HBV 13.316

Source

विष्णु-रूपी त्वम् आयातो मद्-गृहꣳ मुनि-सत्तम । व्रतꣳ कथय मे विप्र वैष्णवꣳ सर्व-कामदम्

viṣṇu-rūpī tvam āyāto mad-gṛhaṁ muni-sattama | vrataṁ kathaya me vipra vaiṣṇavaṁ sarva-kāmadam

English translation

O foremost sage, I consider you to be a manifestation of Lord Visnu's mercy. You have come to my house as a guest and so kindly describe to me the vows related the Lord Visnu.

HBV 13.317

Source

यत् कृत्वा न पुनः कृत्यꣳ भवते ऋषि-सत्तम । पुनर्गतिर् यथा विप्र विष्णु-लोकाद् भवेन् न हि

yat kṛtvā na punaḥ kṛtyaṁ bhavate ṛṣi-sattama | punargatir yathā vipra viṣṇu-lokād bhaven na hi

English translation

4 24 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA O introspective sage, please tell me—what is there that when accomplished, nothing remains to be done? How can I attain the eternal abode of the Lord and never return to this miserable material existence?

HBV 13.318

Source

श्री-गौतम उवाच— शृणु भूपाल वक्ष्यामि व्रतꣳ यद् वैष्णवꣳ महत् । द्वादशी-सम्भवꣳ पुण्यꣳ मयाख्यातꣳ न कस्यचित्

śrī-gautama uvāca— śṛṇu bhūpāla vakṣyāmi vrataṁ yad vaiṣṇavaṁ mahat | dvādaśī-sambhavaṁ puṇyaṁ mayākhyātaṁ na kasyacit

English translation

Sage Gautama replied: O maintainer of the earth, hear now with attention as I describe to you the great Vaisnava vows, headed by Dvadasi, which 1 had never previously discussed with anyone.

HBV 13.319

Source

वैष्णवोऽसि महाराज भक्त्या भागवताꣳ नृणाम् । वैष्णवꣳ यन्-महागुह्यꣳ तद्-व्रतꣳ त्वꣳ निशामय

vaiṣṇavo'si mahārāja bhaktyā bhāgavatāṁ nṛṇām | vaiṣṇavaṁ yan-mahāguhyaṁ tad-vrataṁ tvaṁ niśāmaya

English translation

O exalted king, you have certainly made great advancement in devotional service so that you are now among the foremost of devotees. Please hear from me about the most confidential Vaisnava vows.

HBV 13.320

Source

उन्मीलनी नाम पुरा मम भक्त्या तु विष्णुना । कथिता सुप्रसन्नेन तान्ते भूप वदाम्य् अहम्

unmīlanī nāma purā mama bhaktyā tu viṣṇunā | kathitā suprasannena tānte bhūpa vadāmy aham

English translation

For your benefit, 1 will now tell you about the vow of Unmiiani Maha- dvadasi, which Lord Visnu had explained to me long ago, being pleased with my devotional service.

HBV 13.321

Source

सम्पूर्णैकादशी प्रातर्द्वितीयेऽह्नि प्रवर्धते । उन्मीलनीति सा प्रोक्ता पाप-पङ्कौघ-नाशिनी

sampūrṇaikādaśī prātardvitīye'hni pravardhate | unmīlanīti sā proktā pāpa-paṅkaugha-nāśinī

English translation

If an Ekadasi, after completing its sixty-four dandas, overlaps the next day, it is called Unmilani Maha-dvadasi, which nullifies sinful reactions.

HBV 13.322–327

Source

त्रैलोक्ये यानि तीर्थानि पुण्यान्य् आयतनानि च । कोट्य्-अꣳशेनैव तुल्यानि मखा वेदास् तपाꣳसि च उन्मीलनी-समꣳ किञ्चिन् न दृष्टꣳ न श्रुतꣳ मया । प्रयागो न कुरुक्षेत्रꣳ न काशी न च पुष्करम् न रेवा ब्रह्म-तनया कालिन्दी मथुरा न हि । पिण्डारकꣳ प्रभासꣳ च न क्षेत्रꣳ हाटकेश्वरम् शैलो हिमाचलो नैव न मेरुर् गन्धमादनः । शैलो नैवेह मलयो न विन्ध्यो नैव नैषधः गोदावरी च कावेरी चन्द्रभागा न देविका । न तापी न पयोष्णी च न शिप्रार्नैव चन्दना चर्मण्वती च सरयूश् चन्द्रभागा न गण्डकी । गोमती च विपाशा च शोणश् चैव महानदः

trailokye yāni tīrthāni puṇyāny āyatanāni ca | koṭy-aṁśenaiva tulyāni makhā vedās tapāṁsi ca unmīlanī-samaṁ kiñcin na dṛṣṭaṁ na śrutaṁ mayā | prayāgo na kurukṣetraṁ na kāśī na ca puṣkaram na revā brahma-tanayā kālindī mathurā na hi | piṇḍārakaṁ prabhāsaṁ ca na kṣetraṁ hāṭakeśvaram śailo himācalo naiva na merur gandhamādanaḥ | śailo naiveha malayo na vindhyo naiva naiṣadhaḥ godāvarī ca kāverī candrabhāgā na devikā | na tāpī na payoṣṇī ca na śiprārnaiva candanā carmaṇvatī ca sarayūś candrabhāgā na gaṇḍakī | gomatī ca vipāśā ca śoṇaś caiva mahānadaḥ

English translation

It has never been heard of or seen by me that all the holy places and sacred rivers within the three worlds, as well as all kinds of sacrifices, the Vedas, and every type of penance are equal to even one ten-millionth part of Unmilani Maha-dvadasi.

Anr SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA 4Zo Prayaga, Kuruksetra, Kasi, Puskara, Reva, Sarasvati, Kalindl, Mathura, Pindaraka, Prabhasa, Hatakesvara, Himacala Mountain, Mem, Gandhamadana, Malaya, Vindhya, Naisadha, Godavari, Kaverl, Candrabhaga, Devika, Tapi, Payosni, Sipra, Candana, Carmmanvati, Sarayu, Gandaki, Gomati, Vipasa, Sona and Mahanada are not equal to Unmilanl Maha-dvadasi.

HBV 13.328

Source

किमत्र बहुनोक्तेन भूयो भूयो नराधिप । नोन्मीलनी-समꣳ किञ्चिन् न देवः केशवात् परः

kimatra bahunoktena bhūyo bhūyo narādhipa | nonmīlanī-samaṁ kiñcin na devaḥ keśavāt paraḥ

English translation

O King, what is the use of telling all these things, again and again. Just as there is no one superior to Lord Kesava, there is nothing superior to Unmilanl Maha-dvadasi.

HBV 13.329

Source

उन्मीलनीम् अनुप्राप्य यैः कृतꣳ केशवार्चनम् । पाप-चक्र-समूहस्य दत्तस् तेन दवानलः

unmīlanīm anuprāpya yaiḥ kṛtaṁ keśavārcanam | pāpa-cakra-samūhasya dattas tena davānalaḥ

English translation

Those who worship Lord Kesava on Unmilanl Maha-dvadasi burn all their sinful reaction to ashes.

HBV 13.330

Source

यस्मिन् मासे महीपाल तिथिर् उन्मीलनी भवेत् । तन्-मास-नाम्ना गोविन्दः पूजनीयो यथाविधि

yasmin māse mahīpāla tithir unmīlanī bhavet | tan-māsa-nāmnā govindaḥ pūjanīyo yathāvidhi

English translation

O protector of the earth, You should chant the name of the month in which Unmilanl Maha-dvadasi occurs while worshiping Lord Govinda, following all the prescribed rules and regulations.

HBV 13.331

Source

जात-रूप-मयः कार्यो मास-नाम्नाम्ना तु माधवः । स्वशक्त्या विश्वरूपꣳ च श्रद्धा-भक्ति-समन्वितैः

jāta-rūpa-mayaḥ kāryo māsa-nāmnāmnā tu mādhavaḥ | svaśaktyā viśvarūpaṁ ca śraddhā-bhakti-samanvitaiḥ

English translation

During that month, one should make a gold Deity of Lord Madhava and, according to his capacity, worship the Lord of the universe with faith and devotion.

HBV 13.332–333

Source

पवित्रोदक-सꣳयुक्तꣳ पञ्चरत्न-समन्वितम् । गन्ध-पुष्पाक्षतैर् युक्तꣳ कुम्भꣳ स्रग्-दाम-भूषितम् पात्रम् औडम्बरꣳ कार्यꣳ गोधूमश् चापि पूरितम् । तण्डुलैर् वा महीपाल स्थापनीयꣳ घटोपरि

pavitrodaka-saṁyuktaṁ pañcaratna-samanvitam | gandha-puṣpākṣatair yuktaṁ kumbhaṁ srag-dāma-bhūṣitam pātram auḍambaraṁ kāryaṁ godhūmaś cāpi pūritam | taṇḍulair vā mahīpāla sthāpanīyaṁ ghaṭopari

English translation

Before beginning the worship of the Supreme Lord, one should install a pitcher filled with sacred Ganges water and worship it with offerings of five kinds of jewels, sandalwood paste, flowers, rice paddy, and flower garlands. O King, thereafter, one should place either wheat or rice on a copper plate and place it on the top of the pitcher.

HBV 13.334

Source

स्नापयित्वा तु गोविन्दꣳ कुङ्कुमागुरु-चन्दनैः । कृत्वा विलेपनꣳ विष्णुः स्थापनीयो घटोपरि

snāpayitvā tu govindaṁ kuṅkumāguru-candanaiḥ | kṛtvā vilepanaṁ viṣṇuḥ sthāpanīyo ghaṭopari

English translation

After bathing Lord Govinda and applying kunkum, aguru, sandalwood paste and tilaka to His body, one should place Him on top of the pitcher.

HBV 13.335–338

Source

प्रदद्याद् वस्त्र-युग्मꣳ तु सोपवीतꣳ च सोत्तरम् । उपानहौ च राजर्षे आतपत्रꣳ शिरोपरि भाजनꣳ जल-पात्रꣳ च सप्त-धान्यꣳ तिलैः सह । रूप्यꣳ चैव च कार्पासꣳ पायसꣳ मुद्रिकाꣳ हरेः धेनुꣳ वा निष्क्रयꣳ वापि दद्यान् माधव-तुष्टये । शय्याꣳ सोपस्कराꣳ दत्त्वा माधवाय तु भत्ति तः धूप-दीपꣳ तु नैवेद्याꣳ फलꣳ पत्रꣳ निवेदयेत् । पूजनीयो महाभक्त्या मन्त्रैर् एभिस् तु वैष्णवैः । तुलसी-पत्र-सꣳयुक्तैः पुष्पैः कालोद्भवैर् हरिः

pradadyād vastra-yugmaṁ tu sopavītaṁ ca sottaram | upānahau ca rājarṣe ātapatraṁ śiropari bhājanaṁ jala-pātraṁ ca sapta-dhānyaṁ tilaiḥ saha | rūpyaṁ caiva ca kārpāsaṁ pāyasaṁ mudrikāṁ hareḥ dhenuṁ vā niṣkrayaṁ vāpi dadyān mādhava-tuṣṭaye | śayyāṁ sopaskarāṁ dattvā mādhavāya tu bhatti taḥ dhūpa-dīpaṁ tu naivedyāṁ phalaṁ patraṁ nivedayet | pūjanīyo mahābhaktyā mantrair ebhis tu vaiṣṇavaiḥ | tulasī-patra-saṁyuktaiḥ puṣpaiḥ kālodbhavair hariḥ

English translation

4 2£ SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA dhenurh vd niskrayam vdpi - dadydn madhava tusthaye sayydrh sopaskardrh dattod mddhavdyatu bhaktitah dhupa dipantu naivedyarh phalarh patram nivedayet pujanlyo mahdbhaktyd mantrair ebhistu vaisnavaih tulasl patra sarhyuktaih puspaih kdlodbhavair harih O saintly king, one should then dress the Lord in a dhoti and chddara and offer Him a sacred thread. One should offer shoes, an umbrella, a plate, a water pot, sesame seeds, rice paddy, silver ornaments, cotton, sweet rice, rings, a pillow, a mosquito net, a bed, incense, a ghee lamp, food, fruit, and tulasl leaves to Lord Madhava, for His pleasure. The worship should be done with full devotion while chanting the mantras found in Vaisnava literature. Lord Hari should always be worshiped with offerings of tulasl leaves and seasonal fruit.

HBV 13.339–341

Source

मास-नाम्ना तु पादौ हि जानुनी विश्व-रूपिणे । गुह्यꣳ तु कामपतये कटिꣳ च पीत-वाससे ब्रह्म-मूर्ति-भृते नाभिम् उदरꣳ विश्व-योनये । हृदयꣳ ज्ञान-गम्याय कण्ठꣳ वैकुण्ठ-मूर्तये उरुगाय ललाटꣳ तु बाहू क्षत्रान्तकारिणे । उत्तमाङ्गꣳ सुरेशाय सर्वाङ्गꣳ सर्व-मूर्तये

māsa-nāmnā tu pādau hi jānunī viśva-rūpiṇe | guhyaṁ tu kāmapataye kaṭiṁ ca pīta-vāsase brahma-mūrti-bhṛte nābhim udaraṁ viśva-yonaye | hṛdayaṁ jñāna-gamyāya kaṇṭhaṁ vaikuṇṭha-mūrtaye urugāya lalāṭaṁ tu bāhū kṣatrāntakāriṇe | uttamāṅgaṁ sureśāya sarvāṅgaṁ sarva-mūrtaye

English translation

The Lord should be worshiped in the following manner. His lotus feet should be worshiped while chanting the name of the month, His

knees while chanting the Visvarupa mantra, His anus while chanting the Kamapati mantra, His waist while chanting the Pitavasa mantra, His navel while chanting the Brahma-murty-bhrt mantra, His stomach while chanting the Visvayoni mantra, His heart while chanting the Jfiana-gamya mantra, His throat while chanting the Vaikutha Murthi mantra, His forehead while chanting the Urugaya mantra, His arms while chanting the Ksatrantakari mantra, His head while chanting the Suresa mantra, and His entire body while chanting the Sarva-murty mantra.

HBV 13.342

Source

स्व-नाम्ना चायुधादीनि पूजनीयानि भत्ति तः । अर्घ्य-दानꣳ प्रकर्तव्यꣳ नारिकेलादिभिः फलैः

sva-nāmnā cāyudhādīni pūjanīyāni bhatti taḥ | arghya-dānaṁ prakartavyaṁ nārikelādibhiḥ phalaiḥ

English translation

His weapons should be worshiped with devotion, along with the chanting of their names. One should offer arghya to the Lord, along with coconut water.

HBV 13.343

Source

शङ्खोपरि फलꣳ कृत्वा गन्ध-पुष्प-फलान्वितम् । सूत्रेण वेष्ठनꣳ कृत्वा दद्याद् अर्ध्याꣳ विधानतः

śaṅkhopari phalaṁ kṛtvā gandha-puṣpa-phalānvitam | sūtreṇa veṣṭhanaṁ kṛtvā dadyād ardhyāṁ vidhānataḥ

English translation

A conch shell should be placed on the arghya plate. A piece of fruit should be kept on the top of the conch shell. The arghya plate should be decorated with sandalwood paste and flowers and it should be surrounded by threads. In this way, one should offer arghya.

HBV 13.344

Source

देवदेव महादेव महापुरुष पूर्वज । सुब्रह्मण्य नमस् तेऽस्तु पुण्य-कीर्ति-विवर्धन

devadeva mahādeva mahāpuruṣa pūrvaja | subrahmaṇya namas te'stu puṇya-kīrti-vivardhana

English translation

The following mantra should be chanted while offering arghya: O master of the demigods! O Supreme Lord! O supreme personality! O original Lord! O You who are worshiped by the hrahmanasl May Your glories increase at every moment! I offer my obeisances unto You.

4 ^ SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.345

Source

शोक-मोह-महापापान् माम् उद्धर भवार्णवात् । सुकृतꣳ न कृतꣳ किञ्चिज् जन्मान्तर-शतैर् अपि । तथापि माꣳ जगन्नाथ समुद्धर भवार्णवात्

śoka-moha-mahāpāpān mām uddhara bhavārṇavāt | sukṛtaṁ na kṛtaṁ kiñcij janmāntara-śatair api | tathāpi māṁ jagannātha samuddhara bhavārṇavāt

English translation

O Lord of the universe, I have fallen into the ocean of lamentation, illusion, and sinfulness that characterizes material life. Please deliver me. I did not perform any pious activities during my previous hundreds of lives and so kindly protect me.

HBV 13.346

Source

व्रतेनानेन देवेश ये चान्ये मन पूर्वजाः । वियोनिꣳ च गताश् चान्ये पापान् मृत्यु-वशꣳ गताः । ये भविष्यन्ति येऽतीताः प्रेत-लोकात् समुद्धर

vratenānena deveśa ye cānye mana pūrvajāḥ | viyoniṁ ca gatāś cānye pāpān mṛtyu-vaśaṁ gatāḥ | ye bhaviṣyanti ye'tītāḥ preta-lokāt samuddhara

English translation

O Lord of the demigods, as a result of executing this vow, please deliver all my forefathers who, due to committing sinful activities, have taken birth in lower species of life or have gone to the abode of Yamaraja, whether they will go there in future or had gone there in the past.

HBV 13.347

Source

आर्तस्य मम दीनस्य भक्तिर् अव्यभिचारिणी । दत्तम् अर्घ्यꣳ मया तुभ्यꣳ भक्त्या गृह्ण गदाधर

ārtasya mama dīnasya bhaktir avyabhicāriṇī | dattam arghyaṁ mayā tubhyaṁ bhaktyā gṛhṇa gadādhara

English translation

O Lord Gadadhara, I am very distressed and poor. Please be merciful to me so that I can develop unmotivated devotional service unto You. I offer this arghya to You with devotion and so kindly accept it.

HBV 13.348

Source

दत्त्वार्घ्यꣳ धूप-दीपाध्यैर् नैर् वेद्यैर् हविरुद्भवैः । स्तोत्रैर् नीराजनैर् गीतैर् नृत्यैः सन्तोषयेद् धरिम्

dattvārghyaṁ dhūpa-dīpādhyair nair vedyair havirudbhavaiḥ | stotrair nīrājanair gītair nṛtyaiḥ santoṣayed dharim

English translation

After offering arghya, one should offer to the Lord incense, a ghee lamp, and nice food cooked in ghee. This should be followed by reciting prayers and offering dratl, along with chanting and dancing. In this way, one should please Lord Hari.

HBV 13.349

Source

वस्त्र द्द्नैस्च गोद्द्नैर् भोजनैस् तोसयेद् गुरुम् अकुर्व्वन् वित्तस्द्थ्यन्तु व्रतर्ह् कुर्य्य्द्त् तु वैस्नवह्

vastra ddnaisca goddnair bhojanais tosayed gurum akurvvan vittasdthyantu vratarh kuryydt tu vaisnavah

English translation

Thereafter, one should satisfy his spiritual master by offering him new cloth, a cow, and nice food. While observing a vow, a Vaisnava must not display miserliness.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 13.350

Source

तुष्ट्य्-अर्थꣳ पद्मनाभस्य कार्यꣳ जागरणꣳ तथा । निशान्ते व्रत-कृत्यꣳ तु गुरवे तन् निवेदयेत्

tuṣṭy-arthaṁ padmanābhasya kāryaṁ jāgaraṇaṁ tathā | niśānte vrata-kṛtyaṁ tu gurave tan nivedayet

English translation

It is the duty of a devotee to remain awake on the night of a vow, to please Lord Padmanabha. When the vow is completed, one should surrender everything at the lotus feet of his spiritual master.

HBV 13.351

Source

गुरौ निवेदिते भूप परिपूर्णꣳ भवेद् व्रतम् । कृत्वा दिन-कृतꣳ कर्म भोजनꣳ ब्राह्मणैः सह । कर्तव्यꣳ नृप-शार्दूल दिनꣳ नेयꣳ कथानकैः

gurau nivedite bhūpa paripūrṇaṁ bhaved vratam | kṛtvā dina-kṛtaṁ karma bhojanaṁ brāhmaṇaiḥ saha | kartavyaṁ nṛpa-śārdūla dinaṁ neyaṁ kathānakaiḥ

English translation

O King, only after one offers the vow to his spiritual master does the vow become complete. After finishing all the prescribed duties, one should have his meal in the company of brahmarias. O King, one should spend his day hearing about the qualities and pastimes of Lord Krsna.

4 „ SRI HARI'BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.352

Source

अनेन विधिना यस् तु कुर्याद् उन्मीलनी-व्रतम् । कल्पकोऽटिसहस्राणि वसते विष्णु सन्निधौ

anena vidhinā yas tu kuryād unmīlanī-vratam | kalpako'ṭisahasrāṇi vasate viṣṇu sannidhau

English translation

One who follows this procedure while observing the vow of Unmilani Maha-dvadasi will reside with Lord Visnu in His supreme abode for thousands of millions of kalpas.

HBV 13.353

Source

किञ्च— उन्मीलनी-व्रतꣳ कुर्याद् एवꣳ यः स धनी भवेत् । दीर्घायुः पुत्रवान् विद्वान् न कर्ता निरयꣳ व्रजेत्

kiñca— unmīlanī-vrataṁ kuryād evaṁ yaḥ sa dhanī bhavet | dīrghāyuḥ putravān vidvān na kartā nirayaṁ vrajet

English translation

One who observes the vow of Unmilanli Maha-dvadasi in the above- mentioned way will become rich, enjoy a long duration of life, receive good children, become very learned, and will not have to traverse the path to hell.

HBV 13.354

Source

ब्रह्म-वैवर्ते सूत-शौनक-सꣳवादे— तावत् पापानि देहेषु दुःसहा यम-यातनाः । प्राणिनाꣳ कुरुते तावद् यावन् नोन्मीलनी-व्रतम्

brahma-vaivarte sūta-śaunaka-saṁvāde— tāvat pāpāni deheṣu duḥsahā yama-yātanāḥ | prāṇināṁ kurute tāvad yāvan nonmīlanī-vratam

English translation

that is found in the Brahma-vaivarta Purdna, it is stated) tdvat pdpdni dehesu duhsahd yamayatandh prdnindm kurute tdvad ydvan unmilani vratam Until one observes the vow of Unmilani Maha-dvadasi, he will continue to suffer in the abode of Yamaraja and continue to commit sinful activities.

HBV 13.355

Source

यद् अत्र दीयते दानꣳ हूयते वात्र यद् धविः । सर्वꣳ तद् अक्षयꣳ प्राहुर् उन्मीलन्याꣳ महर्षयः

yad atra dīyate dānaṁ hūyate vātra yad dhaviḥ | sarvaṁ tad akṣayaṁ prāhur unmīlanyāṁ maharṣayaḥ

English translation

The great sages have said that all the ingredients that are used to observe the vow of Unmllani Maha-dvadasi, and the ghee that is used for performing fire sacrifice during this vow, award one inexhaustible merit.

HBV 13.356

Source

पाद्य एव श्री-गौतमाम्बरीष-सꣳवादे— सम्पूर्णैकादशी यत्र द्वादशी च यदा भवेत् । त्रयोदश्याꣳ मुहूर्तार्धꣳ वञ्जुली सा हरिप्रिया

pādya eva śrī-gautamāmbarīṣa-saṁvāde— sampūrṇaikādaśī yatra dvādaśī ca yadā bhavet | trayodaśyāṁ muhūrtārdhaṁ vañjulī sā haripriyā

English translation

that is found in the Padma Purana it is stated) sampurnai ekadasi yatra dvddasi ca yadd bhavet trayodasyarh muhmttdrddham vahjuli sd haripriyd If an Ekadasi begins two hours before sunrise and if the Dvadasi overlaps the next day, it is called Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasi, and is very dear to Lord Hari.

HBV 13.357

Source

शुक्ल-पक्षे तथा कृष्णे यदा भवति वञ्जुली । एकादशी-दिने भुक्त्वा द्वादश्याꣳ कारयेद् व्रतम्

śukla-pakṣe tathā kṛṣṇe yadā bhavati vañjulī | ekādaśī-dine bhuktvā dvādaśyāṁ kārayed vratam

English translation

Whenever this day appears, whether during the fortnight of the waxing moon or the fortnight of the waning moon, one should eat on Ekadasi and fast on Maha-dvadasi.

HBV 13.358

Source

पारणꣳ द्वादशी-मध्ये त्रयोदश्याꣳ न कारयेत् । एव कृते महीपाल यज्ञायुत-फलꣳ लभेत्

pāraṇaṁ dvādaśī-madhye trayodaśyāṁ na kārayet | eva kṛte mahīpāla yajñāyuta-phalaṁ labhet

English translation

O King, the breaking of a fast must be done within the period of Dvadasi, and not on Trayodasi. By observing this principle, one will obtain the merit of performing ten thousand sacrifices.

,-,, SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.359

Source

द्वादश्याꣳ तु निराहारः पारणा चापरेऽहनि । धर्मार्थ-काम-मोक्षार्थꣳ करिष्ये वञ्जुली-व्रतम्

dvādaśyāṁ tu nirāhāraḥ pāraṇā cāpare'hani | dharmārtha-kāma-mokṣārthaṁ kariṣye vañjulī-vratam

English translation

While observing the vow of Vyaujuli Maha-dvadasi, for attaining perfection in religiosity, economic development, sense gratification, and liberation, one should fast on Dvadasi and break his fast the next day.

HBV 13.360

Source

स्नात्वा नद्याꣳ नदे वाथ तडागे वा हृदेऽपि वा । कृत्वा स्नानꣳ गृहे वापि नित्य-कर्म च कारयेत्

snātvā nadyāṁ nade vātha taḍāge vā hṛde'pi vā | kṛtvā snānaṁ gṛhe vāpi nitya-karma ca kārayet

English translation

In the early morning, one should bathe in a river, pond, lake, or at home before engaging in his daily morning rituals.

HBV 13.361–364

Source

माषकेण सुवर्णेन कृत्वा नारायणीꣳ तनूम् । रत्नगर्भ-घटे कृत्वा ताम्र-पात्रोपरि स्थितम् आतपत्रꣳ तु मायूरꣳ वैणवꣳ वा स्वशक्तितः । उपानहौ प्रकर्तव्यꣳ काꣳस्य-पात्रꣳ कृतान्वितम् गोधूमैः पूरयेत् पात्रꣳ स्नाप्य देवꣳ न्यसेत् ततः । वस्त्र-युग्मेन सꣳछाद्य कार्यꣳ चैव विलेपनम् अर्चयेद् उदकुम्भस्थꣳ पुष्प-माल्याभिवेष्टितम् । ततः पूजा प्रकर्तव्या सुगन्धैः कुसुमैः शुभैः

māṣakeṇa suvarṇena kṛtvā nārāyaṇīṁ tanūm | ratnagarbha-ghaṭe kṛtvā tāmra-pātropari sthitam ātapatraṁ tu māyūraṁ vaiṇavaṁ vā svaśaktitaḥ | upānahau prakartavyaṁ kāṁsya-pātraṁ kṛtānvitam godhūmaiḥ pūrayet pātraṁ snāpya devaṁ nyaset tataḥ | vastra-yugmena saṁchādya kāryaṁ caiva vilepanam arcayed udakumbhasthaṁ puṣpa-mālyābhiveṣṭitam | tataḥ pūjā prakartavyā sugandhaiḥ kusumaiḥ śubhaiḥ

English translation

One should make a Deity of Lord Narayana with eight ratis of gold and then place Him on a copper plate and set it on a nicely decorated water pitcher. According to one's means, one should offer the Lord an umbrella made of either peacock feathers or bamboo. One should offer shoes to the Lord and burn fragrant incense in a bell metal holder. Then, one should bathe the Lord with milk products. After being bathed, the Lord should be offered a nice dhoti and cddara and sandalwood paste should be smeared over His body. In this way, one should worship Lord Narayana, who is seated on top of the water pitcher filled with scented water and decorated with a flower garland. One should not fail to worship the Deity with offerings of fragrant flowers.

HBV 13.365–367

Source

नारायणाय पादौ तु जानुनी केशवाय च । उरुभ्याꣳ माधवायेति गुह्यꣳ कामाधिपाय च गोविन्दाय कटिꣳ पूज्य नाभिꣳ माधव-मूर्तये । उदरꣳ विश्वरूपाय वक्षः कौस्तुभ-धारिणे वैकुण्ठाय नमः कण्ठꣳ चक्षुषी ज्योति-रूपिणे । सहस्र-शीर्षाय शिरः सर्वाङ्गꣳ विश्व-रूपिणे

nārāyaṇāya pādau tu jānunī keśavāya ca | urubhyāṁ mādhavāyeti guhyaṁ kāmādhipāya ca govindāya kaṭiṁ pūjya nābhiṁ mādhava-mūrtaye | udaraṁ viśvarūpāya vakṣaḥ kaustubha-dhāriṇe vaikuṇṭhāya namaḥ kaṇṭhaṁ cakṣuṣī jyoti-rūpiṇe | sahasra-śīrṣāya śiraḥ sarvāṅgaṁ viśva-rūpiṇe

English translation

One should worship the Lord's lotus feet by chanting ndrdyandya namah, His knees by chanting kesavdya namah, His thighs by chanting mddhavdya namah, His anus by chanting kdmddhipdya namah, His waist by chanting govinddya namah, His navel by chanting madhava murtaye namah, His stomach by chanting visvarupdya namah, His chest byn chanting kaustubhdya namah, His throat by chanting vaikunthdya namah, His eyes by chanting jyotirupine namah, His head by chanting sahasrasirsaya namah, and His entire body by chanting visvarupine namah.

HBV 13.368

Source

आयुधानि स्वनाम्नैव एवꣳ देवार्चने विधिः । शुभेन नारिकेलेन दद्याद् अर्घ्यꣳ विधानतः

āyudhāni svanāmnaiva evaṁ devārcane vidhiḥ | śubhena nārikelena dadyād arghyaṁ vidhānataḥ

English translation

4 ^6 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA subhena narikelena dadydd arghyam vidhdnatah The various weapons of the Lord should be worshiped by chanting their names. This is the process of worship while executing the vow of Vyaujuli Maha-dvadasi. Thereafter, one should offer arghya to the Lord, along with coconut water.

HBV 13.369

Source

शङ्खे कृत्वा तु पानीयꣳ साक्षतꣳ कुसुमान्वितम् । नारायण जगन्नाथ पीताम्बर जनार्दन । माम् उद्धर महाविष्णो नरकाब्धेः सनातन

śaṅkhe kṛtvā tu pānīyaṁ sākṣataṁ kusumānvitam | nārāyaṇa jagannātha pītāmbara janārdana | mām uddhara mahāviṣṇo narakābdheḥ sanātana

English translation

One should mix some Ganges water, rice paddy, and flowers in the coconut water, place it in a conch shell, and offer it to the Lord while chanting, ONarayana! OJagannatha! O Pitambara! OJanaradana! O Maha- visnu! O Sanatana! Kindly deliver me from this ocean of hellish existence.

HBV 13.370

Source

सप्त-कल्प-गतꣳ पापꣳ यत् कृतꣳ मम पूर्वजैः । अनेनार्घ्य-प्रदानेन सकलꣳ तत् प्रणश्यतु । मुक्तिꣳ प्रयान्तु पितरो मया सह जगत्पते

sapta-kalpa-gataṁ pāpaṁ yat kṛtaṁ mama pūrvajaiḥ | anenārghya-pradānena sakalaṁ tat praṇaśyatu | muktiṁ prayāntu pitaro mayā saha jagatpate

English translation

Let all the sins committed by my forefathers during the previous seven kalpas be destroyed by this arghya I offer to you. O Lord of the universe, let all my forefathers be delivered, along with me.

HBV 13.371

Source

मया तवार्घ्य-दानेन ये चान्ये पितरो गताः । वसन्तु त्वत्-समीपेऽद्य देवदेव जनार्दन

mayā tavārghya-dānena ye cānye pitaro gatāḥ | vasantu tvat-samīpe'dya devadeva janārdana

English translation

O Lord of the demigods! O Janardana! May my forefathers who are suffering somewhere in this miserable material world go to reside in Your transcendental abode as a result of this offering of arghya.

HBV 13.372

Source

व्रतꣳ सम्पूर्णताꣳ यातु वञ्जुली-सम्भवꣳ मम । दशमी-सꣳयुतꣳ देव यत्-कृतꣳ द्वादशी-द्वतम् । अज्ञानाद् अथवा ज्ञानान् परिपूर्णꣳ तद् अस्तु मे

vrataṁ sampūrṇatāṁ yātu vañjulī-sambhavaṁ mama | daśamī-saṁyutaṁ deva yat-kṛtaṁ dvādaśī-dvatam | ajñānād athavā jñānān paripūrṇaṁ tad astu me

English translation

May my vow of Vyaujuli Maha-dvadasi be successfully completed. O Supreme Lord, may the mixed Ekadasis that I have observed, knowingly or unknowing, also be successfully completed.

HBV 13.373

Source

अनेन विधिना सम्यग् दत्त्वार्घ्यꣳ मधुसूदने । वसेत् कल्प-सहस्त्रꣳ तु विष्णोर् लोके महेश्वरि

anena vidhinā samyag dattvārghyaṁ madhusūdane | vaset kalpa-sahastraṁ tu viṣṇor loke maheśvari

English translation

O Supreme Goddess, by offering arghya to Lord Madhusudana while observing the prescribed rules and regulations, one becomes qualified to reside in the abode of Lord Visnu for one thousand kalpas.

HBV 13.374–376

Source

अग्निष्टोम-सहस्रेभ्यः अश्वमेधो विशिष्यते । अश्वमेध-सहस्रेभ्यो वाजपेयो विशिष्यते वाजपेयसहस्रेभ्यः पुण्डरीको विशिष्यते । पुण्डरीक-सहस्रेभ्यः सौत्रामणिर् विशिष्यते सौत्रामणि-सहस्रेभ्यो राजसूयो विशिष्यते । राजसूय-सहस्रेभ्यो वञ्जुली चाधिका नृप

agniṣṭoma-sahasrebhyaḥ aśvamedho viśiṣyate | aśvamedha-sahasrebhyo vājapeyo viśiṣyate vājapeyasahasrebhyaḥ puṇḍarīko viśiṣyate | puṇḍarīka-sahasrebhyaḥ sautrāmaṇir viśiṣyate sautrāmaṇi-sahasrebhyo rājasūyo viśiṣyate | rājasūya-sahasrebhyo vañjulī cādhikā nṛpa

English translation

..,£ SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA rajasuya sahasrebhyo vanjull cddhikd nrpa O King, performing one horse sacrifice is better than performing one thousand agnistoma sacrifices. Performing one Vajapeya sacrifice is better than performing one thousand horse sacrifices. Performing one Pundarika sacrifice is better than performing one thousand Vajayepa sacrifices. Performing one Sautramani sacrifice is better than performing one thousand Pundarika sacrifices. Performing one Rajasuya sacrifice is better than performing one thousand Sautramani sacrifices and observing one Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasi is better than performing one thousand Rajasuya sacrifices.

HBV 13.377

Source

वञ्जुलीति कृतोच्चारैः कलिकाले तु मानवैः । जन्मयुत-सहस्रे तु कृतः पापस्य सꣳक्षयः

vañjulīti kṛtoccāraiḥ kalikāle tu mānavaiḥ | janmayuta-sahasre tu kṛtaḥ pāpasya saṁkṣayaḥ

English translation

Simply by uttering the name, Vyanjuli, in this age of Kali, one can at once counteract the sinful reactions accumulated during his previous ten thousand lifetimes.

HBV 13.378–379

Source

दत्त्वा पूजार्घ्य-दानꣳ तु धूप-नैवेद्य-दीपकम् । कृत्वा नीराजनꣳ विष्णोर् गुरुꣳ सम्पूजयेत् ततः दद्याद् वस्त्राणि गाꣳ भूमिꣳ धान्यꣳ चैव स-दक्षिणम् । कुर्याद् वित्तानुसारेण सम्पूणार्थꣳ व्रतस्य हि

dattvā pūjārghya-dānaṁ tu dhūpa-naivedya-dīpakam | kṛtvā nīrājanaṁ viṣṇor guruṁ sampūjayet tataḥ dadyād vastrāṇi gāṁ bhūmiṁ dhānyaṁ caiva sa-dakṣiṇam | kuryād vittānusāreṇa sampūṇārthaṁ vratasya hi

English translation

After worshiping Lord Visnu by offering Him arghya, incense, a ghee lamp, food, and drati, one should worship his spiritual master. So as to obtain the full benefit of one's vow, one should offer the spiritual master new cloth, a cow, land, and grains, according to one's capacity.

HBV 13.380

Source

सन्तुष्टे तु गुरौ विष्णुः प्रीतो भवति नान्यथा । गुरुꣳ सम्पूजयेत् तस्मात् तुष्ट्य्-अर्थꣳ चक्रपाणिनः

santuṣṭe tu gurau viṣṇuḥ prīto bhavati nānyathā | guruṁ sampūjayet tasmāt tuṣṭy-arthaṁ cakrapāṇinaḥ

English translation

If the spiritual master is pleased then Lord Visnu is also pleased. Therefore, to please the Supreme Lord, who carries a cakra in His hand, one should faithfully worship his spiritual master.

HBV 13.381

Source

रात्रौ तु जागरः कार्यः श्रोतव्या वैष्णवी कथा

rātrau tu jāgaraḥ kāryaḥ śrotavyā vaiṣṇavī kathā

English translation

One should remain awake on the night of Vyafijuli Maha-dvadasi and hear narrations of the Supreme Lord's transcendental pastimes.

HBV 13.382

Source

गीता-नामसहस्रꣳ तु पुराणꣳ शुक-भाषितम् । पठनीयꣳ प्रयत्नेन हरेः सन्तोष-कारणम्

gītā-nāmasahasraṁ tu purāṇaṁ śuka-bhāṣitam | paṭhanīyaṁ prayatnena hareḥ santoṣa-kāraṇam

English translation

For the pleasure of Lord Hari, one should recite the Bhagavad-gitd, VisnU'Sahasra-ndma stotra, and the Srimad-Bhdgavatam, which was spoken by Sukadeva Gosvami.

HBV 13.383

Source

प्रत्येकꣳ गो-सहस्रस्य पठताꣳ शृण्वताꣳ फलम् । गीतꣳ नृत्यꣳ तु वादित्रꣳ कारयेत् पुरतो हरेः

pratyekaṁ go-sahasrasya paṭhatāṁ śṛṇvatāṁ phalam | gītaṁ nṛtyaṁ tu vāditraṁ kārayet purato hareḥ

English translation

One who engages in hearing and reciting the Lord's glories on the night of fasting will obtain the merit of giving one thousand cows in charity. One should also sing, dance, and play musical instruments for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord.

HBV 13.384–385

Source

दातव्यꣳ गुरवे सर्वꣳ प्रभाते देवतादिकम् । क्षमापयित्वा देवेशꣳ गुरुꣳ चैव विशेषतः कृत्वा नैमित्तिकꣳ सर्वꣳ भोक्तव्यꣳ बन्धुभिः सह

dātavyaṁ gurave sarvaṁ prabhāte devatādikam | kṣamāpayitvā deveśaṁ guruṁ caiva viśeṣataḥ kṛtvā naimittikaṁ sarvaṁ bhoktavyaṁ bandhubhiḥ saha

English translation

440 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VUASA krtvd naimittikarh sarvvam bhoktavyarh bandhubhih saha On the next day of the vow, one should offer everything to his spiritual master and beg forgiveness from the Lord, and especially from his spiritual master. After completing all of one's duties, one should sit down and have his meal, along with his friends.

HBV 13.386

Source

स्कान्दे श्री-ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे जागरण-प्रसङ्गे— अगम्या-गमने पापम् अभक्ष्यस्यापि भक्षणे । पापꣳ विलयम् आयाति कीर्तिते वञ्जुली-दिने

skānde śrī-brahma-nārada-saṁvāde jāgaraṇa-prasaṅge— agamyā-gamane pāpam abhakṣyasyāpi bhakṣaṇe | pāpaṁ vilayam āyāti kīrtite vañjulī-dine

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Pur ana it is stated) agamyd gamane pdpam bhaksyasydpi bhaksane pdpam vilayam dydti kirttite vanjulidine The sin of having sex with a forbidden woman, or eating abominable food, can be nullified by glorifying the Supreme Lord on Vyanjuli Maha- dvadasi.

HBV 13.387–389

Source

यत् पापꣳ भूमि-हरणे देव-स्व-हरणे तथा । मणिकूटꣳ तुलाकूटꣳ स्वर्ण-स्तेयादिकꣳ च यत् अज्ञानाद् यत कृतꣳ पापꣳ ज्ञात्वा यत् पातकꣳ कृतम् । पूर्व-जन्मार्जितꣳ पापम् इह जन्मनि यत् कृतम् सर्वꣳ च क्षयम् अभ्येति कृत्वैकꣳ वञ्जुली-दिनम् । न भवेन् मानसी पीडा रोगाश् चात्यन्त-दुःखदाः

yat pāpaṁ bhūmi-haraṇe deva-sva-haraṇe tathā | maṇikūṭaṁ tulākūṭaṁ svarṇa-steyādikaṁ ca yat ajñānād yata kṛtaṁ pāpaṁ jñātvā yat pātakaṁ kṛtam | pūrva-janmārjitaṁ pāpam iha janmani yat kṛtam sarvaṁ ca kṣayam abhyeti kṛtvaikaṁ vañjulī-dinam | na bhaven mānasī pīḍā rogāś cātyanta-duḥkhadāḥ

English translation

The sin of stealing another's property, the Deity's assets, jewels, grain, or gold, either knowingly or unknowingly, is nullified simply by observing even

one vow of Vyafijuli Maha-dvadasl. In fact, even mental illness, lamentation, misery, physical ailments, and dreaded diseases are alleviated by observing this vow.

HBV 13.390

Source

ब्रह्म-वैवर्ते श्री-सूत-शौनक-सꣳवादे— वञ्जुली-वासरे विप्र सम्प्राप्ते गरुडध्वजः । स्वस्थानाद् वसुधाम् एत्य कुरुते च स्थितिꣳ विशन्

brahma-vaivarte śrī-sūta-śaunaka-saṁvāde— vañjulī-vāsare vipra samprāpte garuḍadhvajaḥ | svasthānād vasudhām etya kurute ca sthitiṁ viśan

English translation

that is found in the Brahma-vaivarta Purana it is stated) vanjuli vdsare vipra samprdpte garuda dhvajah svasthanad vasudhdmetya kurute ca sthitirh visan O brahrnana, whenever there is Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasl, Lord Narayana, whose chariot flag is marked with the emblem of Garuda, personally descends to this world from Vaikuntha to associate with those who observe this vow and fulfill their desires.

HBV 13.391

Source

वञ्जुली-विमुखꣳ विप्रम् आलोक्य रविनन्दनः । कुरुते सम्विदꣳ साकꣳ चित्रगुप्तेन हर्षितः

vañjulī-vimukhaṁ vipram ālokya ravinandanaḥ | kurute samvidaṁ sākaṁ citraguptena harṣitaḥ

English translation

As soon as Yamaraja sees a one who is averse to following the vow of Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasi, he happily consults Citragupta regarding his punishment.

HBV 13.392

Source

अयम् एष्यति मन्दात्मा विष्णु-व्रत-बहिष्कृतः । वशꣳ ममेति तत्-पुण्यꣳ मार्जयाद्धा पुराकृतम्

ayam eṣyati mandātmā viṣṇu-vrata-bahiṣkṛtaḥ | vaśaṁ mameti tat-puṇyaṁ mārjayāddhā purākṛtam

English translation

He orders Citragupta, "This wicked person is averse to this vow that is in relation to Lord Visnu. Therefore, he must come under my control. Quickly erase all the pious merit he had accumulated during many previous lives.

..-j SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.393

Source

शिरोऽर्तिर् नितराम् एषा माꣳ सदैव प्रबाधते

śiro'rtir nitarām eṣā māṁ sadaiva prabādhate

English translation

Such people give me a headache and much distress.

HBV 13.394

Source

किञ्च— सर्व-व्रतानाꣳ चरणꣳ सर्व-तीर्थाभिषेचनम् । सर्व-दान-प्रदानꣳ च समꣳ स्याद् वञ्जुली-व्रतम्

kiñca— sarva-vratānāṁ caraṇaṁ sarva-tīrthābhiṣecanam | sarva-dāna-pradānaṁ ca samaṁ syād vañjulī-vratam

English translation

Observing all kinds of vows, bathing in all the holy places of pilgrimage, and giving all kinds of charity are equal to observing the sacred vow of Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasi.

HBV 13.395

Source

तत्रान्न-दानꣳ विप्राय विधाय श्रद्धयान्वितः । प्राप्नोति पुरुषो विप्र कलुषः कृष्ण-सन्निधिम्

tatrānna-dānaṁ viprāya vidhāya śraddhayānvitaḥ | prāpnoti puruṣo vipra kaluṣaḥ kṛṣṇa-sannidhim

English translation

O brdhmana, if one feeds some brdhmanas after faithfully completing the vow of Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasi, even if he is sinful, he will obtain the association of Lord Krsna.

HBV 13.396

Source

लक्ष्मी-नारायणꣳ देवꣳ सौवर्णꣳ तत्र पूजयेत् । यथा-शक्त्य् अन्नदानꣳ च दत्त्वा वैकुण्ठम् आप्नुयात्

lakṣmī-nārāyaṇaṁ devaṁ sauvarṇaṁ tatra pūjayet | yathā-śakty annadānaṁ ca dattvā vaikuṇṭham āpnuyāt

English translation

By worshiping golden Deities of Laksmi-Narayana on Vyanjuli Maha- dvadasi, according to one's capacity, one will surely be promoted to Vaikuntha.

HBV 13.397

Source

अधमर्णतया कामाल् लोभाद् दम्भाद् अपि द्विज । हन्ति त्रिपुरुषꣳ पापꣳ वञ्जुली पुरुषैः कृता

adhamarṇatayā kāmāl lobhād dambhād api dvija | hanti tripuruṣaṁ pāpaṁ vañjulī puruṣaiḥ kṛtā

English translation

O best of the twice-born, even if one observes Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasi, being influenced by debt, lust, greed, or pride, all his three kinds of sinful reactions will be nullified.

HBV 13.398

Source

स एष सर्व-शास्त्रार्थः सर्व-बुद्धिमताꣳ मतम् । हितꣳ सर्व-समीचीनꣳ यद् वञ्जुल्याम् उपोषणम्

sa eṣa sarva-śāstrārthaḥ sarva-buddhimatāṁ matam | hitaṁ sarva-samīcīnaṁ yad vañjulyām upoṣaṇam

English translation

Observing Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasi is the conclusion of studying all kinds of Vedic literature, it is approved by all learned authorities, and it is a most auspicious engagement for all people.

HBV 13.399

Source

उपवासꣳ यथा-शक्त्या दानꣳ ब्राह्मण-पूजनम् । विधाय वञ्जुली चैवꣳ पुरुषो याति सद्-गतिम्

upavāsaṁ yathā-śaktyā dānaṁ brāhmaṇa-pūjanam | vidhāya vañjulī caivaṁ puruṣo yāti sad-gatim

English translation

By fasting, giving charity, and feeding brdhmanas on this auspicious day of Vyanjuli Maha-dvadasi, one can attain the ultimate goal of life.

HBV 13.400

Source

तत्रैव— शुक्ला वैशाख-मासे तु सम्प्राप्ता मधुसूदनी । द्वादशी त्रिस्पृशा नाम पाप-कोटि-क्षयावहा

tatraiva— śuklā vaiśākha-māse tu samprāptā madhusūdanī | dvādaśī trispṛśā nāma pāpa-koṭi-kṣayāvahā

English translation

tatraiva (In the same Purana it is stated) sukld vaisakha mdse tu samprdptd madhusudani dvddasi trisprsa noma papa koti ksaydvahd The Madhusudani Dvadasi that occurs during the fortnight of the waxing moon in the month of Vaisakha is called Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi. It nullifies millions of sinful reactions.

... SRI HARI'BHAKTI'VILASA

HBV 13.401

Source

धन्याः सर्वे मनुष्यास् ते वैशाखे मधुसूदनी । सम्प्राप्ता त्रिस्पृशा यैस्तु बुधवारेण सꣳयुता

dhanyāḥ sarve manuṣyās te vaiśākhe madhusūdanī | samprāptā trispṛśā yaistu budhavāreṇa saṁyutā

English translation

Glorious are those who observe the Madhusudani Trisprsa Maha- dvadasi in the month of Vaisakha. If it falls on a Wednesday, it is even more auspicious.

HBV 13.402–403

Source

द्वारका-माहात्म्ये तत्रैव— आदौ नन्दा जया चान्ते मध्ये भद्रा भवेद् यदि । उपवासार्चने गीते दुर्लभा कृष्ण-सन्निधौ एकेनैवोपवासेन उपवासायुतꣳ फलम् । जागरे शत-साहस्रꣳ नृत्ये कोटि-गुणꣳ कलौ

dvārakā-māhātmye tatraiva— ādau nandā jayā cānte madhye bhadrā bhaved yadi | upavāsārcane gīte durlabhā kṛṣṇa-sannidhau ekenaivopavāsena upavāsāyutaṁ phalam | jāgare śata-sāhasraṁ nṛtye koṭi-guṇaṁ kalau

English translation

If the beginning of Dvadasi is overlapped by Ekadasl and if the end of Dvadasi is overlapped by Trayodasi, it is called Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi. This Dvadasi is very rare. By fasting and worshiping Lord Krsna on this day, one can obtain the benefit of observing ten thousand ordinary vows. In this age of Kali, by remaining awake on the night of Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi, one receives hundreds and thousands of times more benefit, and by dancing and singing during that night, one obtains millions of times more benefit than would be normally possible.

HBV 13.404

Source

गृहेऽपि कुर्वताम् एताꣳ किꣳ पुनः कृष्ण-सन्निधौ

gṛhe'pi kurvatām etāṁ kiṁ punaḥ kṛṣṇa-sannidhau

English translation

Even if one observes this vow at home, he achieves the full result and so, what can be said of a person who observes this vow in a temple before Lord Krsna?

HBV 13.405

Source

पाद्मे श्री-सनत्कुमार-व्यास-सꣳवादे— सर्व-पाप-प्रशमनꣳ महा-पातक-नाशनम् । शृणु कृत्वाऽवधानꣳ त्वꣳ त्रिस्पृशाख्यꣳ महाव्रतम्

pādme śrī-sanatkumāra-vyāsa-saṁvāde— sarva-pāpa-praśamanaṁ mahā-pātaka-nāśanam | śṛṇu kṛtvā'vadhānaṁ tvaṁ trispṛśākhyaṁ mahāvratam

English translation

that is found in the Padma Purdruz it is stated) sarvva papa prasa manarh mate pataka ndsanam srnu krtvd'vadtenam Warn trisprsakhyarh matevratam Hear now with attention as I describe to you the great vow of Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi, which destroys even the most heinous sinful reactions.

HBV 13.406

Source

कामदꣳ स-स्पृहाणाꣳ च निस्पृहाणाꣳ तु मोक्षदम् । निस्पृशाख्यꣳ व्रतꣳ विष्णोः शृणुष्व गदतो मम

kāmadaṁ sa-spṛhāṇāṁ ca nispṛhāṇāṁ tu mokṣadam | nispṛśākhyaṁ vrataṁ viṣṇoḥ śṛṇuṣva gadato mama

English translation

I will now describe the vow of Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi, which is very dear to Lord Visnu. This vow fulfills all the desires of materialist persons and it awards liberation to those who are renounced.

HBV 13.407

Source

प्रत्यक्षम् अर्चितस् तेन कलि-कालेऽपि केशवः । त्रिस्पृशा-कीर्तनꣳ नित्यꣳ यः करोति महामुने

pratyakṣam arcitas tena kali-kāle'pi keśavaḥ | trispṛśā-kīrtanaṁ nityaṁ yaḥ karoti mahāmune

English translation

O great sage, in this age of Kali, one who faithfully glorifies the vow of Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi obtains the merit of directly worshiping Lord Kesava.

HBV 13.408

Source

न पुरश्चरणे चीर्णे सर्वप पक्षयो भवेत् । त्रिस्पृशा-नाम-मात्रेण भवते नात्र सꣳशयः

na puraścaraṇe cīrṇe sarvapa pakṣayo bhavet | trispṛśā-nāma-mātreṇa bhavate nātra saṁśayaḥ

English translation

Even by observing the ritual known as purascarana, all of one's sinful reactions are not destroyed and yet, simply by glorifying the vow of Trisprsa

.., SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA Maha-dvadasi, all of one's sinful reactions are vanquished. There is no doubt about this.

HBV 13.409–410

Source

नागमैर् न पुराणश् च समस्तैस् तीर्थ-कोटिभिः । बहुभिर् व्रत-सङ्कैश् च पूजितैस् त्रिदशर् अपि मोक्षो भवति विप्रेन्द्र त्रिस्पृशा न कृता यदि । मोक्षार्थꣳ देवदेवेन सृष्टा देवी तिथीश्वरी

nāgamair na purāṇaś ca samastais tīrtha-koṭibhiḥ | bahubhir vrata-saṅkaiś ca pūjitais tridaśar api mokṣo bhavati viprendra trispṛśā na kṛtā yadi | mokṣārthaṁ devadevena sṛṣṭā devī tithīśvarī

English translation

O foremost brdhmaria, one cannot attain liberation simply by studying the Vedas and Puranas, by visiting millions of holy places, by observing many vows, or by worshiping the demigods if he does not observe the vow of Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi. Lord Krsna, the master of the demigods, has created Trisprsa-devi, which is the most auspicious among all vows, for the benefit of human society.

HBV 13.411

Source

विषयैर् विप्र युक्तानाꣳ ध्यान-धारण-वर्जिनाम् । काम-भोग-प्रसक्तानाꣳ निस्पृशा मोक्षदा सदा

viṣayair vipra yuktānāṁ dhyāna-dhāraṇa-varjinām | kāma-bhoga-prasaktānāṁ nispṛśā mokṣadā sadā

English translation

O brdhmaria, materialistic people, who never meditate on the Supreme Lord or control their senses, and those who are attached to sense gratification, can attain liberation by observing the vow of Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi.

HBV 13.412–413

Source

शङ्करस्य पुरा प्रोक्ता चतुर्वक्त्रस्य सागरे । क्षीरोदे प्रणतानाꣳ तु मत्-समीये तु चक्रिणा विस्पृशाꣳ ये करिष्यन्ति विषयैर् अपि निर्जिताः । तेषाम् अपि मया दत्तꣳ मोक्षꣳ साङ्घ्य-विवर्जितम्

śaṅkarasya purā proktā caturvaktrasya sāgare | kṣīrode praṇatānāṁ tu mat-samīye tu cakriṇā vispṛśāṁ ye kariṣyanti viṣayair api nirjitāḥ | teṣām api mayā dattaṁ mokṣaṁ sāṅghya-vivarjitam

English translation

Lord Visnu has declared to Mahadeva, to Brahma within the ocean of milk, and to His other surrendered souls that those who observe the vow of Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi, despite being attached to material enjoyment, will attain liberation, even if they have no knowledge of Sarikhya philosophy and self-realization.

HBV 13.414–415

Source

कुरुष्व त्वꣳ मुनि-श्रेष्ठ त्रिस्पृशाꣳ मोक्ष-दायिनीम् । बहुभिर् मुनि-सङ्घैस् तु त्यक्त्वा साङ्ख्यꣳ महामुने कार्त्तिके शुक्ल-पक्षे तु त्रिस्पृशा भवते यदा । सोमेन सोमजेनापि पाप-कोट-विनाशिनी

kuruṣva tvaṁ muni-śreṣṭha trispṛśāṁ mokṣa-dāyinīm | bahubhir muni-saṅghais tu tyaktvā sāṅkhyaṁ mahāmune kārttike śukla-pakṣe tu trispṛśā bhavate yadā | somena somajenāpi pāpa-koṭa-vināśinī

English translation

O sage, you should observe this vow of Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi, which bestows liberation. You should give up the association of sages who are interested in cultivating knowledge of the Sarikhya philosophy and simply observe the vow of Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi, especially when it occurs during the fortnight of the waxing moon, in the month of Karttika, on a Monday or Wednesday. The observance of this vow will certainly nullify millions of sinful reactions.

HBV 13.416

Source

यस्याम् उपोषणꣳ कृत्वा हत्याम् उक्तो महेश्वरः

yasyām upoṣaṇaṁ kṛtvā hatyām ukto maheśvaraḥ

English translation

By fasting on this auspicious day, Lord Siva became freed from the sin of killing a brdhmana.

HBV 13.417

Source

हस्ताद् ब्राह्मकपालꣳ तु तत्-क्षणात् पतितꣳ मुने । गत्वा भृगूपदेशेन निस्पृशा-समुपोषणात्

hastād brāhmakapālaṁ tu tat-kṣaṇāt patitaṁ mune | gatvā bhṛgūpadeśena nispṛśā-samupoṣaṇāt

English translation

O sage, when Mahadeva fasted on Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi, on the instruction of the great sage, Bhrgu, he immediately became relieved from the brdhmana's curse.

HBV 13.418

Source

ब्रह्महत्या-सहस्राणि त्रिस्पृशा-समुपोषणात् । हित्वाष्टौ बाहु-वीर्यस् तु पूर्वजातो महामुने

brahmahatyā-sahasrāṇi trispṛśā-samupoṣaṇāt | hitvāṣṭau bāhu-vīryas tu pūrvajāto mahāmune

English translation

O great sage, as a result of fasting on Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi, renouncing all the other vows, Bahuvirya, in times long past, became freed from the sin of killing thousands of brdhmanas.

HBV 13.419

Source

कलि-कल्मष-पापात् तु मुक्ता देवी त्रिमार्गगा । उपदेशात्माधवरय त्रिस्पृशा-समुपोषणात्

kali-kalmaṣa-pāpāt tu muktā devī trimārgagā | upadeśātmādhavaraya trispṛśā-samupoṣaṇāt

English translation

On the order of Lord Madhava, Gangadevi, who flows throughout the three worlds, observed the vow of Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi and thus became relieved from the sinful contamination of Kali-yuga.

HBV 13.420

Source

ब्रह्म-हत्या-सहस्राणि त्रिस्पृशा-समुपोषणात् । विलयꣳ यान्ति विप्रेन्द्र पापेष्व् अन्येषु का कथा

brahma-hatyā-sahasrāṇi trispṛśā-samupoṣaṇāt | vilayaṁ yānti viprendra pāpeṣv anyeṣu kā kathā

English translation

O foremost brdhmana, as a result of observing the vow of Trisprsa Maha- dvadasi, the sinful reactions accumulated by killing thousands of brdhmanas are vanquished and so, what to speak of ordinary sins?

HBV 13.421

Source

न प्रयागे न काश्याꣳ तु गोमत्याꣳ कृष्ण-सन्निधौ । मोक्षो भवति विप्रेन्द्र त्रिस्पृशा-समुपोषणात्

na prayāge na kāśyāṁ tu gomatyāṁ kṛṣṇa-sannidhau | mokṣo bhavati viprendra trispṛśā-samupoṣaṇāt

English translation

O foremost brdhmarxa, even though there is no possibility of liberation merely by bathing at Prayaga, Kasi, or Gomati, there is certainly a chance of liberation by fasting on Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi, in front of the Deity of Lord Krsna.

HBV 13.422

Source

मरणेन प्रयागे तु मुक्तिः काश्याꣳ तथैव च । स्नान-मात्रेण गोमत्याꣳ मुक्तिर् भवति नान्यथा । गृहे चैव भवेन् मुक्तिः त्रिस्पृशायाम् उपोषणात्

maraṇena prayāge tu muktiḥ kāśyāṁ tathaiva ca | snāna-mātreṇa gomatyāṁ muktir bhavati nānyathā | gṛhe caiva bhaven muktiḥ trispṛśāyām upoṣaṇāt

English translation

By giving up one's life at Prayaga or Kasi, one attains liberation. By bathing in the holy river, Gomati, one attains liberation. However, by fasting on Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi, one can attain liberation even while remaining at home.

HBV 13.423

Source

विषये वर्तमानस्य काम-भोगान्वितस्य च । निवृत्त-विषयस्यापि मुक्तिः साꣳख्येन दुर्लभा । तस्मात् कुरुष्व विप्रेन्द्र त्रिस्पृशाꣳ मोक्ष-दायिनीम्

viṣaye vartamānasya kāma-bhogānvitasya ca | nivṛtta-viṣayasyāpi muktiḥ sāṁkhyena durlabhā | tasmāt kuruṣva viprendra trispṛśāṁ mokṣa-dāyinīm

English translation

For materialist, who are attached to sense enjoyment, it is extremely difficult to attain liberation. Even those who are detached from sense gratification cannot possibly attain liberation simply by cultivating knowledge of the Saiikhya philosophy. Therefore, O brdhmana, just observe the Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi, which awards liberation.

HBV 13.424

Source

श्री-वेदव्यास उवाच— कीदृशी स्यान् मुनिवर त्रिस्पृशा द्वादशी वद । विमुक्तिदा या मर्त्यानाꣳ त्वया प्रोक्ता ममाधूना

śrī-vedavyāsa uvāca— kīdṛśī syān munivara trispṛśā dvādaśī vada | vimuktidā yā martyānāṁ tvayā proktā mamādhūnā

English translation

4 CQ SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA O foremost sage, tell me about the vow of Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi, which bestows liberation upon the conditioned souls. I wish to hear about this from you.

HBV 13.425

Source

श्री-सनत्कुमार उवाच— जाह्नव्याः पुरतो विप्र त्रिस्पृशा माधवेन तु । प्राची-सरस्वती-तीरे कथिता सुमहाफला

śrī-sanatkumāra uvāca— jāhnavyāḥ purato vipra trispṛśā mādhavena tu | prācī-sarasvatī-tīre kathitā sumahāphalā

English translation

O brdhmana, the benefit of observing the vow of Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi has been described by Lord Madhava to Jahnava, on the banks of Praci Sarasvati River.

HBV 13.426–427

Source

श्री-जाह्नव्य् उवाच— कलि-कल्मष-पापौघैर् ब्रह्म-हत्यादिकैर् युताः । कलि-काले हृषीकेश स्नानꣳ कुर्वन्ति मज्-जले तेषाꣳ पाप-शतैर् दग्धꣳ मद्-देहꣳ कलुषी-कृतम् । कथꣳ यास्यति मे देव पातकꣳ गरुडध्वज

śrī-jāhnavy uvāca— kali-kalmaṣa-pāpaughair brahma-hatyādikair yutāḥ | kali-kāle hṛṣīkeśa snānaṁ kurvanti maj-jale teṣāṁ pāpa-śatair dagdhaṁ mad-dehaṁ kaluṣī-kṛtam | kathaṁ yāsyati me deva pātakaṁ garuḍadhvaja

English translation

O Hrsikesa, sinful people, even the killers of brdhmanas, will bathe in my water, in this age of Kali, so that my body will be burnt by the pollution of their horrible sins. O Supreme Lord! O Garudadhvaja! How will I become freed from these sins?

HBV 13.428–429

Source

श्री-प्राचीमाधव उवाच— कथयामि न सन्देहो मा पुत्रि रोदनꣳ कुरु । श्री-स्थलꣳ नाम मे स्थानꣳ प्राचीदेवी ममाग्रतः वहते ब्रह्म-तनयः मद्-दृष्ट्य्-अग्रे सुरेश्वरि । स्नानꣳ कुरुष्व नित्यꣳ त्वꣳ मन्त्रपूता भविष्यसि

śrī-prācīmādhava uvāca— kathayāmi na sandeho mā putri rodanaṁ kuru | śrī-sthalaṁ nāma me sthānaṁ prācīdevī mamāgrataḥ vahate brahma-tanayaḥ mad-dṛṣṭy-agre sureśvari | snānaṁ kuruṣva nityaṁ tvaṁ mantrapūtā bhaviṣyasi

English translation

My dear child, do not cry. Listen to what I have to say. I reside at Sristhala, which is situated on the banks of the river, Praci Sarasvati, the daughter of Lord Brahma. You should bathe in that river every day. If you do so, you will become as pure as a Vedic mantra.

HBV 13.430

Source

यत्र प्राची ब्रह्मसुता तत्राहꣳ नास्ति सꣳशयः । तीर्थ-कोटि-शतैर् युक्तः सुरैः सह वसाम्य् अहम्

yatra prācī brahmasutā tatrāhaṁ nāsti saṁśayaḥ | tīrtha-koṭi-śatair yuktaḥ suraiḥ saha vasāmy aham

English translation

There is no doubt that wherever Lord Brahma's daughter, the Praci Sarasvati River, flows, I remain at that place. Not only Me, but all the demigods and millions of holy places are also present there.

HBV 13.431

Source

तत्र नश्यन्ति पापानि यत्र प्राची सरस्वती । विशेषतो ममाग्रे तु कलि-काले विशेषतः

tatra naśyanti pāpāni yatra prācī sarasvatī | viśeṣato mamāgre tu kali-kāle viśeṣataḥ

English translation

All sinful reactions are vanquished wherever the sacred Praci Sarasvati River flows, especially by the side of My temple, in the Kali-yuga.

HBV 13.432

Source

श्री-जाह्नव्य् उवाच— नाहꣳ शक्नोमि देवेश आगन्तुꣳ नित्यमेव हि । कथꣳ नश्यन्ति पापानि कथयस्वेह माधव

śrī-jāhnavy uvāca— nāhaṁ śaknomi deveśa āgantuṁ nityameva hi | kathaṁ naśyanti pāpāni kathayasveha mādhava

English translation

O Lord of the demigods! O Madhava! I will not be able to come here every day. How then will my sins be destroyed? Kindly instruct me.

4c2 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.433–434

Source

श्री-प्राचीमाधव उवाच— सरस्वत्य्-अधिका या च तीर्थ-कोटि-शताधिका । मख-कोट्य्-अधिका याऽपि व्रत-दानाधिका च या तपो-जपाधिका नित्यꣳ चतुर्वर्ग-फल-प्रदा । साꣳख्य-योगाधिका या च त्रिस्पृशाꣳ कुरु ताꣳ शुभे

śrī-prācīmādhava uvāca— sarasvaty-adhikā yā ca tīrtha-koṭi-śatādhikā | makha-koṭy-adhikā yā'pi vrata-dānādhikā ca yā tapo-japādhikā nityaṁ caturvarga-phala-pradā | sāṁkhya-yogādhikā yā ca trispṛśāṁ kuru tāṁ śubhe

English translation

O auspicious one, you should simply observe the vow of Trisprsa Maha- dvadasi, which is superior to the holy river, Sarasvati, which is superior to hundreds of millions of holy places, which is superior to millions of sacrifices, which is superior to observing vows and giving charity, which is superior to practicing penance and chanting mantras, which is superior to the cultivation of the Sankhya philosophy, and which awards the four objectives of human life.

HBV 13.435

Source

यस्मिन् मासे समायाति सिता चाप्य् असिताथवा । कर्तव्या सा सरित्-श्रेष्ठे तव पापꣳ हरिष्यति

yasmin māse samāyāti sitā cāpy asitāthavā | kartavyā sā sarit-śreṣṭhe tava pāpaṁ hariṣyati

English translation

O Ganga, best among rivers! By observing the vow of Trisprsa Maha- dvadasi, either during the fortnight of the waxing moon or the fortnight of the waning moon, all your sins will be eradicated.

HBV 13.436

Source

श्री-मन्दाकिन्य् उवाच— कीदृशी त्रिस्पृशा देव ममाचक्षस्व माधव । ईदृशी महिमा यस्यास् त्वया प्रोक्ता ममाधुना

śrī-mandākiny uvāca— kīdṛśī trispṛśā deva mamācakṣasva mādhava | īdṛśī mahimā yasyās tvayā proktā mamādhunā

English translation

O Lord Madhava, kindly describe to me the vow of Trisprsa Maha- dvadasi, for I wish to hear about its glories.

HBV 13.437

Source

दशम्य्-एकादशी भद्रा दिनैकस्मिन् यदा भवेत् । त्रिस्पृशा सा भवेद् देव न वेद्मि वद मे प्रभो

daśamy-ekādaśī bhadrā dinaikasmin yadā bhavet | trispṛśā sā bhaved deva na vedmi vada me prabho

English translation

O Supreme Lord, does Trisprsa indicate a combination of Dasami, Ekadasi and Dvadasi ? Kindly tell me how this occurs.

HBV 13.438

Source

श्री-प्राचीमाधव उवाच— आसुरी त्रिस्पृशा देवि या त्वया परिकीर्तिता । वर्जनीया प्रयत्नेन व्रत-हीनो यथा यतिः

śrī-prācīmādhava uvāca— āsurī trispṛśā devi yā tvayā parikīrtitā | varjanīyā prayatnena vrata-hīno yathā yatiḥ

English translation

O goddess, what you have indicated is a demoniac and mixed Trisprsa. You should reject such a day for observing a vow, just as one neglects a sannydsi who does not observe any kind of vow.

HBV 13.439

Source

असुराणाꣳ राक्षसानाम् आयूर्बल-विवर्धिनी । वर्जनीया प्रयत्नेन यथा नारी रजस्वला

asurāṇāṁ rākṣasānām āyūrbala-vivardhinī | varjanīyā prayatnena yathā nārī rajasvalā

English translation

Just as having intimate association with a woman during her menstrual period is prohibited, so is observing a vow on a Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi that is polluted by the touch of Dasami because it increases the life span and strength of the demons.

HBV 13.440

Source

यथा रजस्वला-सङ्गमन्याय्यꣳ वर्जितꣳ सदा । तथा दशमि-सꣳयुक्तꣳ मद्-दिनꣳ वैष्णवैर् नरैः

yathā rajasvalā-saṅgamanyāyyaṁ varjitaṁ sadā | tathā daśami-saṁyuktaṁ mad-dinaṁ vaiṣṇavair naraiḥ

English translation

Just as having sexual relations with a woman during her menstrual period is forbidden, any Ekadasi or Dvadasi that is mixed with Dasami is strictly avoided by Vaisnavas.

ArA SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.441

Source

हत्यायुत-शतꣳ हन्ति मत्-प्रसादेन लभ्यते । मत्-प्रसाद-विहीनानाꣳ निस्पृशा याति जाह्नवि

hatyāyuta-śataṁ hanti mat-prasādena labhyate | mat-prasāda-vihīnānāṁ nispṛśā yāti jāhnavi

English translation

O Jahnavi, by My mercy, Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi annuls ten hundred thousand sinful reactions. However, those who are not favored by Me do not obtain any benefit by observing this vow.

HBV 13.442

Source

एकादशी द्वादशी च रात्रि-शेषे त्रयोदशी । निस्पृशा सा तु विज्ञेया दशमी-सꣳयुता न हि

ekādaśī dvādaśī ca rātri-śeṣe trayodaśī | nispṛśā sā tu vijñeyā daśamī-saṁyutā na hi

English translation

You should know for certain that Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi begins with the morning touched by Ekadasi, continues throughout the day as pure DvadasI, and at the end of the night, overlaps Trayodasl. If a Trisprsa Maha-dvadasi is touched by Dasami then it is not pure.

HBV 13.443

Source

भुक्तꣳ हलाहलꣳ तेन श्वविष्ठाभक्षण-कृतम् । दशमी-मिश्रितꣳ येन कृतम् एकादशी-व्रतम्

bhuktaṁ halāhalaṁ tena śvaviṣṭhābhakṣaṇa-kṛtam | daśamī-miśritaṁ yena kṛtam ekādaśī-vratam

English translation

One who observes an Ekadasi that is mixed with Dasami drinks deadly poison and eats dog's stool.

HBV 13.444

Source

इति ज्ञात्वा न कर्तव्यꣳ मद्-दिनꣳ दशमी-युतम् । जन्म-कोटि-कृतꣳ पुण्यꣳ सन्तानꣳ याति च क्षयम्

iti jñātvā na kartavyaṁ mad-dinaṁ daśamī-yutam | janma-koṭi-kṛtaṁ puṇyaṁ santānaṁ yāti ca kṣayam

English translation

Knowing this fact well, one should never observe an Ekadasi that is polluted by the touch of Dasami. By observing such a vow, one loses his accumulated piety, obtained during his previous ten million births, as well as his children.

HBV 13.445

Source

पक्ष-वृद्धौ विशेषेण सन्देहे समुपस्थिते । ममाज्ञया प्रकर्तव्या द्वादशी वल्लभा सदा

pakṣa-vṛddhau viśeṣeṇa sandehe samupasthite | mamājñayā prakartavyā dvādaśī vallabhā sadā

English translation

Especially if there is an overlapping on the full moon day or new moon day, or if there is any doubt in this regard, by My order, one should observe My favorite vow of Dvadasi.

HBV 13.446

Source

ममाज्ञया प्रकर्तव्यꣳ मद्-दिनꣳ मत्-परायणैः । मद्-दिनꣳ तद् विजानीयाद् दशमी-वेध-वर्जितम्

mamājñayā prakartavyaṁ mad-dinaṁ mat-parāyaṇaiḥ | mad-dinaṁ tad vijānīyād daśamī-vedha-varjitam

English translation

All devotees of Lord Hari should observe Ekadasi, by My order. You should know that any Ekadasi or Dvadasi devoid of a touch of Dasami is very dear to Me.

HBV 13.447

Source

श्री-वेदव्यास उवाच— विधानꣳ ब्रूहि मे ब्रह्मन् मुने येन करोम्य् अहम्

śrī-vedavyāsa uvāca— vidhānaṁ brūhi me brahman mune yena karomy aham

English translation

O brdhmanal O Sage! Please describe to me the rules and regulations prescribed for the Trisprsa vow, so that I can also observe it.

HBV 13.448–450

Source

श्री-सनत्कुमार उवाच— दामोदरꣳ हेम-मयꣳ कृत्वा विभवसारतः । पात्रꣳ ताम्र-मयꣳ कार्यꣳ तण्डुलैः परिपूरितम् सजलꣳ तु घटꣳ शुद्धꣳ पञ्चरत्न-समन्वितम् । वेष्टितꣳ पुष्प-मालाभिः कर्पुरागुरु-वासितम् न्यसेत् ताम्र-मयꣳ देवꣳ स्नापयित्वा विलेपितम् । परिधानꣳ ततः कार्यꣳ वस्त्र-युग्मेन भक्तितः

śrī-sanatkumāra uvāca— dāmodaraṁ hema-mayaṁ kṛtvā vibhavasārataḥ | pātraṁ tāmra-mayaṁ kāryaṁ taṇḍulaiḥ paripūritam sajalaṁ tu ghaṭaṁ śuddhaṁ pañcaratna-samanvitam | veṣṭitaṁ puṣpa-mālābhiḥ karpurāguru-vāsitam nyaset tāmra-mayaṁ devaṁ snāpayitvā vilepitam | paridhānaṁ tataḥ kāryaṁ vastra-yugmena bhaktitaḥ

English translation

According to one's financial capacity, one should make a Deity of Lord Damodara out of gold. One should take a copper plate, fill it with rice paddy, and set it on top of a copper pitcher filled with water and decorated with a flower garland. There should be five kinds of jewels, aguru, and camphor placed in that water. Then, one should devotedly bathe Lord Damodara, apply sandalwood paste to His body, and dress Him in a dhoti and cddara.

HBV 13.451

Source

मन्त्रैस् तु पूजनꣳ कार्य गुरुणा समुदीरितैः । पुष्पैः कालोद्भवैः शुभ्रैस् तुलसी-दल-कोमलैः

mantrais tu pūjanaṁ kārya guruṇā samudīritaiḥ | puṣpaiḥ kālodbhavaiḥ śubhrais tulasī-dala-komalaiḥ

English translation

One should then worship the Lord by chanting appropriate mantras that were imparted to him by his spiritual master. One should also offer seasonal flowers and tender tulasi leaves.

HBV 13.452

Source

छत्रꣳ तु वैणवꣳ दद्यात् पादुकाऽम्बर-सꣳयुतम् । नैवेद्यानि विचित्राणि फलानि सुबहून्यपि

chatraṁ tu vaiṇavaṁ dadyāt pādukā'mbara-saṁyutam | naivedyāni vicitrāṇi phalāni subahūnyapi

English translation

One should offer an umbrella made of palm leaves and having a bamboo handle, and a pair of shoes. This should be followed by offering nice cooked food and fruit.

HBV 13.453

Source

उपवीतꣳ तु दातव्यꣳ सोत्तरीयꣳ नरꣳ दृढम् । वेणवꣳ दापयेद् दण्डꣳ सुरूपꣳ सून्नतꣳ शुभम्

upavītaṁ tu dātavyaṁ sottarīyaṁ naraṁ dṛḍham | veṇavaṁ dāpayed daṇḍaṁ surūpaṁ sūnnataṁ śubham

English translation

One should then offer the Lord a cddara and a sacred thread. A freshly- cut, beautiful bamboo stick should be offered, as well.

HBV 13.454–457

Source

दामोदराय पादौ तु जानुनी माधवाय तु । गुह्यꣳ तु काम-पतये कटिꣳ वामन-मूर्तये पद्मनाभाय नाभिꣳ तु उदरꣳ विश्व-मूर्तये । हृदयꣳ ज्ञान-गम्याय कण्ठꣳ श्री-कण्ठ-सꣳज्ञके सहस्राबाहवे बाहुꣳ चक्षुषी योग-नायके । ललाटम् उरुगायेति सहस्र-शिरसे शिरः स्व-नाम्ना चायुधादीनि सर्वाङ्गꣳ चारु-रूपिणे । सम्पूज्य विधिवद् भक्त्या अर्घ्यꣳ दद्याद् विधानतः

dāmodarāya pādau tu jānunī mādhavāya tu | guhyaṁ tu kāma-pataye kaṭiṁ vāmana-mūrtaye padmanābhāya nābhiṁ tu udaraṁ viśva-mūrtaye | hṛdayaṁ jñāna-gamyāya kaṇṭhaṁ śrī-kaṇṭha-saṁjñake sahasrābāhave bāhuṁ cakṣuṣī yoga-nāyake | lalāṭam urugāyeti sahasra-śirase śiraḥ sva-nāmnā cāyudhādīni sarvāṅgaṁ cāru-rūpiṇe | sampūjya vidhivad bhaktyā arghyaṁ dadyād vidhānataḥ

English translation

The Lord's lotus feet should be worshiped while chanting Ddmodardya namah, His thighs while chanting Madhavaya namah, His anus while chanting Kdmapataye namah, His waist while chanting Vamana murtaye namah, His navel while chanting Padmandbhdya namah, His stomach while chanting Visvarupdya namah, His chest while chanting Jndna gamydya namah, His throat while chanting Sri Kanthdya namah, His arms while chanting Sahasra- vdhava namah. His eyes while chanting Yogandyake namah, His forehead while chanting Urugdya namah, His head while chanting' Sahasra sirase namah, His entire body while chanting Caru rupine namah, and His weapons while chanting their respective names. After worshiping the Lord in this way, one should offer Him arghya.

HBV 13.458

Source

शुभ्रेण नारिकेलेन शङ्खोपरि-स्थितेन हि । सूत्रेण वेष्टितेनैव उभाभ्याꣳ पाणि-सꣳस्थितम्

śubhreṇa nārikelena śaṅkhopari-sthitena hi | sūtreṇa veṣṭitenaiva ubhābhyāṁ pāṇi-saṁsthitam

English translation

One should place an auspicious coconut on top of a conch shell, surround it with thread, and hold it in both hands.

HBV 13.459–466

Source

स्मृतो हरसि पापानि सत्यꣳ यदि जनार्दन । दुःस्वप्नꣳ दुर्निमित्तꣳ च मनसो दुर्विचिन्तितम् नारकꣳ च भयꣳ देव भयꣳ दुर्गति-सम्भवम् । भयम् अन्यत् महादेव ऐहिकꣳ पार-लौकिकम् सर्वꣳ नाशय मे विष्णो गृहाणार्घ्यꣳ जनार्दन । मम भक्तिः सदैवास् तु दामोदर तवोपरि धूप-दीपꣳ तु नैवेद्यꣳ कुर्यान् नीराजनꣳ ततः शिरोपरि मुनि-श्रेष्ठ भ्रामयेज् जलजꣳ हरेः । कृत्वा विधानम् एतद् धि पूजयेत् स्वगुरुꣳ ततः दद्याद् वस्त्राणि शुभ्राणि गन्ध-माल्यादिनार्चयेत् । उपानहौ च छत्रꣳ च मुद्रिकाꣳ च कमण्डलुम् भोजनꣳ चैव ताम्बूलꣳ सप्त-धान्यꣳ सुदक्षिणम् । सम्पूज्य देवदेवेशꣳ कुर्याज् जागरणꣳ हरेः गोतनृत्य-समायुक्तꣳ तथा शास्त्र-समन्वितम् । निशान्ते पुनर् ईशाय दत्त्वा चार्ध्यꣳ विधानतः । स्नानादिकाꣳ क्रियाꣳ कृत्वा भुञ्जीयाद् ब्राह्मणैः सहः

smṛto harasi pāpāni satyaṁ yadi janārdana | duḥsvapnaṁ durnimittaṁ ca manaso durvicintitam nārakaṁ ca bhayaṁ deva bhayaṁ durgati-sambhavam | bhayam anyat mahādeva aihikaṁ pāra-laukikam sarvaṁ nāśaya me viṣṇo gṛhāṇārghyaṁ janārdana | mama bhaktiḥ sadaivās tu dāmodara tavopari dhūpa-dīpaṁ tu naivedyaṁ kuryān nīrājanaṁ tataḥ śiropari muni-śreṣṭha bhrāmayej jalajaṁ hareḥ | kṛtvā vidhānam etad dhi pūjayet svaguruṁ tataḥ dadyād vastrāṇi śubhrāṇi gandha-mālyādinārcayet | upānahau ca chatraṁ ca mudrikāṁ ca kamaṇḍalum bhojanaṁ caiva tāmbūlaṁ sapta-dhānyaṁ sudakṣiṇam | sampūjya devadeveśaṁ kuryāj jāgaraṇaṁ hareḥ gotanṛtya-samāyuktaṁ tathā śāstra-samanvitam | niśānte punar īśāya dattvā cārdhyaṁ vidhānataḥ | snānādikāṁ kriyāṁ kṛtvā bhuñjīyād brāhmaṇaiḥ sahaḥ

English translation

The arghya mantra is as follows: O Janardana! If your remembrance removes all my sinful reactions then kindly dispel my nightmares, wicked mentality, tension, and fear of hellish life. O Lord! O Visnu! O Damodara! O Supreme Lord! O Janardana! Also remove my fear born of sinful activities, as well as all other kinds of worldly and heavenly fear. Kindly accept this arghya. Let my devotion always remain fixed on Your lotus feet. Thereafter, one should worship the Lord by offering Him incense, a ghee lamp, food, and drati. O best of sages, you should offer a small conch shell filled with water above the head of the Lord. After properly completing the worship of the Lord in this way, one should offer fine white cloth to his spiritual master and worship him by offering sandalwood paste, a flower garland, and other articles. One should also offer shoes, an umbrella, a ring, a water pot, eatables, betel nuts, grains, and a monetary daksind to his spiritual master. After worshiping Lord Hari, the master of the demigods, as well as the spiritual master in this way, one should remain awake the entire night while studying the scriptures, singing, dancing, and playing musical instruments. At the end of the night, one should again offer arghya to the Lord, according to the prescribed rules and regulations. Thereafter, one should complete his daily duties, such as bathing, and then sit down to have his meal, along with the other brdhmanas.

HBV 13.467

Source

पाद्मे ब्रह्मोक्तौ— अमा वा यदि वा पूर्णा सम्पूर्णा जायते यदा । भूत्वा च षष्टि-घटिका दृश्यते प्रतिपद्-दिने । अश्वमेधायुतैस् तुल्या सा भवेत् पक्ष-वर्धिनी

pādme brahmoktau— amā vā yadi vā pūrṇā sampūrṇā jāyate yadā | bhūtvā ca ṣaṣṭi-ghaṭikā dṛśyate pratipad-dine | aśvamedhāyutais tulyā sā bhavet pakṣa-vardhinī

English translation

4 6 0 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA asvamedha ayutaistulya sd bhavet paksa varddhini If an Amavasya or Purnima completes its full t e r m of sixty dandas by overlapping t h e n e x t day, the preceding Dvadasi is called Paksavardhini Maha-dvadasi. T h i s vow of observing this Maha-dvadasi is equal to t h e performance of t e n thousand horse sacrifices.

HBV 13.468

Source

पूजाविधिꣳ तु विप्रेन्द्राः श्रोतुम् अर्हथ साम्प्रतम्

pūjāvidhiṁ tu viprendrāḥ śrotum arhatha sāmpratam

English translation

O foremost brdhmanas, hear now from me about the process for observing this great vow.

HBV 13.469

Source

मन्त्रैः सम्पूजितो विष्णुर् अर्घ्य-दानेन तुष्यति

mantraiḥ sampūjito viṣṇur arghya-dānena tuṣyati

English translation

Lord Visnu becomes pleased when He is worshiped by the chanting of the proper mantras and an offering of arghya.

HBV 13.470

Source

जल-पूर्णꣳ नवꣳ कुम्भꣳ चन्दनेनैव चर्चितम् । पञ्चरत्न-समायुक्तꣳ पुष्प-माला-विभूषितम् । स्थाप्यꣳ ताम्र-मयꣳ पात्रꣳ स-गोधूमꣳ घटोपरि

jala-pūrṇaṁ navaṁ kumbhaṁ candanenaiva carcitam | pañcaratna-samāyuktaṁ puṣpa-mālā-vibhūṣitam | sthāpyaṁ tāmra-mayaṁ pātraṁ sa-godhūmaṁ ghaṭopari

English translation

One should decorate a pitcher filled with water with markings of sandalwood paste. Place five kinds of jewels into that water and offer a flower garland to the pitcher. After installing the pitcher, one should take a copper plate filled with wheat and place it on top.

HBV 13.471

Source

सौवर्णꣳ कारयेद् देवꣳ मास-सꣳज्ञा-विधानकम् । पञ्चामृतेन स्नपनꣳ कर्तव्यꣳ माधवस्य च

sauvarṇaṁ kārayed devaṁ māsa-saṁjñā-vidhānakam | pañcāmṛtena snapanaṁ kartavyaṁ mādhavasya ca

English translation

^ I R T E E N T H VlLASA 461 pahcdmrtena snapanarh karttavyarh madhavasya ca Make a golden Deity of Lord Narayana and address Him by the name of the month in which you are worshiping Him. Give Him a complete bath by pouring milk, ghee, yogurt, honey, and water mixed with sandalwood powder over His transcendental body.

HBV 13.472

Source

विलेपनꣳ तु कर्तव्यꣳ कुङ्कुमागुरु-चन्दनैः । वस्त्र-युग्मꣳ तु दातव्यꣳ छत्रोपानत्-सुसꣳयुतम्

vilepanaṁ tu kartavyaṁ kuṅkumāguru-candanaiḥ | vastra-yugmaṁ tu dātavyaṁ chatropānat-susaṁyutam

English translation

One should decorate His body with tilaka made from aguru, kumkum and sandalwood paste. Dress Him with a fine dhoti and cadara and offer Him an umbrella, shoes, and other suitable articles.

HBV 13.473–476

Source

पूजयेद् देवताम् ईशꣳ कुम्भ-पात्रोपरि स्थितम् । पद्मनाभ य पादौ तु जानुनी योग-मूर्तये ऊरु-युग्मꣳ नृसिꣳहाय कटिꣳ ज्ञान-प्रदाय च । उदरꣳ विश्वनाथाय हृदयꣳ श्रीधराय च कण्ठꣳ कौस्तुभ-कण्ठाय बाहू क्षत्रान्तकाय च । ललाटꣳ व्योम-मूर्ताय शिरो वै सर्व-रूपिणे । स्व-नाम्ना चैव शास्त्राणि सर्वाङ्गꣳ दिव्य-रूपिणे एवꣳ सम्पूज्य विधिवत् ततोऽर्ध्यꣳ सम्प्रदापयेत् । नारिकेलेन शुभ्रेण देवदेवस्य चक्रिणः

pūjayed devatām īśaṁ kumbha-pātropari sthitam | padmanābha ya pādau tu jānunī yoga-mūrtaye ūru-yugmaṁ nṛsiṁhāya kaṭiṁ jñāna-pradāya ca | udaraṁ viśvanāthāya hṛdayaṁ śrīdharāya ca kaṇṭhaṁ kaustubha-kaṇṭhāya bāhū kṣatrāntakāya ca | lalāṭaṁ vyoma-mūrtāya śiro vai sarva-rūpiṇe | sva-nāmnā caiva śāstrāṇi sarvāṅgaṁ divya-rūpiṇe evaṁ sampūjya vidhivat tato'rdhyaṁ sampradāpayet | nārikelena śubhreṇa devadevasya cakriṇaḥ

English translation

4 £2 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA narikelena subhrena deva devasya cakrinah Place the Deity on a plate and set it on the top of the pitcher and then, begin to worship Him. Worship His lotus feet while chanting Padmanabhaya namah, His knees while chanting Yoga murtaye namah, His thighs while chanting Nrsimhdya namah, His waist while chanting Jndna Praddya namah, His stomach while chanting Visvanathdya namah, His chest while chanting Sridharaya namah, His throat while chanting Kaustubha Kanthdya namah, His arms while chanting Ksatrantakdya namah, His head while chanting Sarva rupine namah, and His entire body while chanting Divya rupine namah. The Lord's weapons should be adored by the chanting of their respective names. After worshiping the Supreme Lord, who the master of the demigods, and who carries a cakra is His hand, in this manner, one should again offer arghya made with coconut water.

HBV 13.477–478

Source

सꣳसारार्णव-पोताय पाप-कक्षा-महानल । नरकाग्नि-प्रशमन जन्म-मृत्यु-जरापह माम् उद्धर जगन्नाथ पतितꣳ भव-सागरे । गृहाणार्घ्यꣳ मया दत्तꣳ पद्मनाभ नमोऽस्तु ते

saṁsārārṇava-potāya pāpa-kakṣā-mahānala | narakāgni-praśamana janma-mṛtyu-jarāpaha mām uddhara jagannātha patitaṁ bhava-sāgare | gṛhāṇārghyaṁ mayā dattaṁ padmanābha namo'stu te

English translation

I offer my obeisances unto You, who are the bridge for crossing over the ocean of material existence. You are like a blazing fire that burns the straw of sinful reactions. O destroyer of the pangs of hellish life! O remover of birth, death, old age, and disease! O Lord of the universe! Please deliver me because I have fallen into the ocean of material existence. O Padmanabha! Kindly accept this offering of arghya. My obeisances unto You.

HBV 13.479

Source

नैवेद्यानि प्रदेयानि घृत-पक्वानि चक्रिणे । फलानि सुमनोज्ञानि स्वादूनि रसवन्ति च

naivedyāni pradeyāni ghṛta-pakvāni cakriṇe | phalāni sumanojñāni svādūni rasavanti ca

English translation

One should then offer to the Lord nice food, cooked in ghee, along with many sweets and juicy fruit.

HBV 13.480

Source

सागुरुꣳ च स-कर्पूरꣳ दद्याद् धूपꣳ तु माधवे । स-घृतꣳ गुग्गुलुꣳ चापि दद्याद् वित्तानुसारतः

sāguruṁ ca sa-karpūraṁ dadyād dhūpaṁ tu mādhave | sa-ghṛtaṁ gugguluṁ cāpi dadyād vittānusārataḥ

English translation

One should offer incense and a ghee lamp having a wick covered with aguru and camphor. If one has the capacity, he should also offer gugula mixed with ghee.

HBV 13.481

Source

ताम्बूलꣳ तु स-कर्पूरꣳ दद्याद् देवस्य भक्तितः । घृतेन दीपकꣳ दद्यात् तिल-तैलेन वा पुनः

tāmbūlaṁ tu sa-karpūraṁ dadyād devasya bhaktitaḥ | ghṛtena dīpakaṁ dadyāt tila-tailena vā punaḥ

English translation

Then, one should offer betel nuts mixed with camphor to the Lord, in a mood of pure devotion. Again, one should offer a ghee lamp, or a sesame oil lamp.

HBV 13.482

Source

कृत्वा सम्यग् विधानेन गुरु-पूजाꣳ तु कारयेत् । वस्त्राणि चैव सोष्णीषꣳ कञ्चुकꣳ च प्रदापयेत्

kṛtvā samyag vidhānena guru-pūjāṁ tu kārayet | vastrāṇi caiva soṣṇīṣaṁ kañcukaṁ ca pradāpayet

English translation

After completing one's worship of the Supreme Lord, one should worship his spiritual master by offering him a turban, dhoti, and kurtd.

HBV 13.483

Source

दक्षिणाꣳ च यथा-शक्ति गुरवे सम्प्रदापयेत् । भोजनꣳ चैव ताम्बूलꣳ दत्त्वार्घ्यꣳ सम्प्रतोषयेत्

dakṣiṇāṁ ca yathā-śakti gurave sampradāpayet | bhojanaṁ caiva tāmbūlaṁ dattvārghyaṁ sampratoṣayet

English translation

ACA SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

One should also give the spiritual master money as daksind, according to one's ability. One must satisfy the spiritual master by giving him nice food, betel nuts, and arghya.

HBV 13.484

Source

स्व-वृत्तैर् वर्तमानैस् तु यथा-शक्त्या च निर्धनैः । कार्या सम्यक् प्रयत्नेन द्वादशी पक्ष-वर्धिनी । ततो जागरणꣳ कुर्याद् गीत-नृत्य-समन्वितम्

sva-vṛttair vartamānais tu yathā-śaktyā ca nirdhanaiḥ | kāryā samyak prayatnena dvādaśī pakṣa-vardhinī | tato jāgaraṇaṁ kuryād gīta-nṛtya-samanvitam

English translation

If one has the means, he should observe PaksavardhinI Maha-dvadasi with pomp. If one is not able to do so, one can observe it in a simple way. Thereafter, one should remain awake that night while engaging in chanting, dancing, and playing musical instruments.

HBV 13.485–495

Source

ब्रह्म-पुराणे श्री-वशिष्ठ-मान्धातृ-सꣳवादे— द्वादश्यान् तु सिते पक्षे ऋक्षꣳ यदि पुनर्वसुः । नाम्ना सा तु जया ख्याता तिथीनाम् उत्तमा तिथिः तम् उपोष्य नरो घोरे नरके नैव मज्जति । अग्निष्टोमादि-यज्ञानाꣳ फलम् आप्नोत्य् असꣳशयम् इति । जया-व्रतम् अनुष्ठेयꣳ यथैवोन्मीलनी-व्रतम् तद्-उक्तꣳ मार्कण्डेयेन— शालग्राम-शिला-वारि तुलसी-जलम् एव च । समम् एवोद्धरेत् तत्र विजया-व्रतम् आचरेत् ब्रह्म-पुराणे तत्रैव— यदा तु शुक्ल-द्वादश्याꣳ नक्षत्रꣳ श्रवणꣳ भवेत् । विजया सा तिथिः प्रोक्ता तिथीनाम् उत्तमा तिथिः विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे च— यदा तु शुक्ल-द्वादश्याꣳ नक्षत्रꣳ श्रवणꣳ भवेत् । तदा सा तु महापुण्या द्वादशी विजया स्मृता तस्याꣳ स्नातः सर्व-तीर्थे स्नातो भवति मानवः । सम्पूज्ये वर्ष-पूजायाः सकलꣳ फलम् अश्नुते एकजप्यात् सहस्रस्य जप्तस्याप्नोति यत् फलम् । दानꣳ सहस्र-गुणितꣳ तथा वै विप्र-भोजनम् । होमस् तत्रोपवासश् च सहस्र-गुणितो भवेत् आदौ गुरुꣳ नमस्कृत्य ततः सङ्कल्पम् आचरेत् । शर-शार्ङ्ग-धरꣳ देवꣳ सौवर्णꣳ रचयेत् तथा द्वादश्याꣳ तु निराहारः स्थित्वाऽहम् अपरेऽहनि । भोक्ष्ये त्रिविक्रमानन्त शरणꣳ मे भवाच्युत सोपवीतꣳ तु कलसꣳ पूर्ववत् स्थापयेद् व्रती । पात्रꣳ तद्-उपरि न्यस्येत् ताम्रꣳ वैणवम् एव वा

brahma-purāṇe śrī-vaśiṣṭha-māndhātṛ-saṁvāde— dvādaśyān tu site pakṣe ṛkṣaṁ yadi punarvasuḥ | nāmnā sā tu jayā khyātā tithīnām uttamā tithiḥ tam upoṣya naro ghore narake naiva majjati | agniṣṭomādi-yajñānāṁ phalam āpnoty asaṁśayam iti | jayā-vratam anuṣṭheyaṁ yathaivonmīlanī-vratam tad-uktaṁ mārkaṇḍeyena— śālagrāma-śilā-vāri tulasī-jalam eva ca | samam evoddharet tatra vijayā-vratam ācaret brahma-purāṇe tatraiva— yadā tu śukla-dvādaśyāṁ nakṣatraṁ śravaṇaṁ bhavet | vijayā sā tithiḥ proktā tithīnām uttamā tithiḥ viṣṇu-dharmottare ca— yadā tu śukla-dvādaśyāṁ nakṣatraṁ śravaṇaṁ bhavet | tadā sā tu mahāpuṇyā dvādaśī vijayā smṛtā tasyāṁ snātaḥ sarva-tīrthe snāto bhavati mānavaḥ | sampūjye varṣa-pūjāyāḥ sakalaṁ phalam aśnute ekajapyāt sahasrasya japtasyāpnoti yat phalam | dānaṁ sahasra-guṇitaṁ tathā vai vipra-bhojanam | homas tatropavāsaś ca sahasra-guṇito bhavet ādau guruṁ namaskṛtya tataḥ saṅkalpam ācaret | śara-śārṅga-dharaṁ devaṁ sauvarṇaṁ racayet tathā dvādaśyāṁ tu nirāhāraḥ sthitvā'ham apare'hani | bhokṣye trivikramānanta śaraṇaṁ me bhavācyuta sopavītaṁ tu kalasaṁ pūrvavat sthāpayed vratī | pātraṁ tad-upari nyasyet tāmraṁ vaiṇavam eva vā

English translation

that is found in the Brahma Pur ana it is stated) dvddasydntu site pakse rksarh yadi punarvasuh ndmnd sd tu jayd khydtd i tithindm uttamd tithih If the Punarvasu star appears on the Dvadasi of the waxing moon, it is called Jaya Maha-dvadasi, which is a very auspicious day.

HBV 13.496

Source

तत्रोपवेश्य सꣳस्थाप्य देवꣳ विषद-चन्दनैः । आलिप्य शुभ्रꣳ वसनꣳ दद्याच् छत्रꣳ च पादुके

tatropaveśya saṁsthāpya devaṁ viṣada-candanaiḥ | ālipya śubhraṁ vasanaṁ dadyāc chatraṁ ca pāduke

English translation

By observing this vow, one will not be subjected to a hellish life of formidable suffering. It undoubtedly awards one a merit equal to that which is attained by performing an agnistoma sacrifce.

HBV 13.497

Source

वासुदेवायेति शिरः श्रीधरायेति वै मुखम् । कृष्णायेति च कण्ठꣳ वै वक्षः श्रीपतये इति

vāsudevāyeti śiraḥ śrīdharāyeti vai mukham | kṛṣṇāyeti ca kaṇṭhaṁ vai vakṣaḥ śrīpataye iti

English translation

The vow of Java Maha-dvadasi should be observed in the same way as Unmilani Maha-dvadasi.

HBV 13.498

Source

शस्त्रास्त्र-धारिणे बाहुꣳ कक्षे च व्यापकाय वै । गिरीशायोदरꣳ मेढ्रꣳ त्रैलोक्य-जननाय च

śastrāstra-dhāriṇe bāhuṁ kakṣe ca vyāpakāya vai | girīśāyodaraṁ meḍhraṁ trailokya-jananāya ca

English translation

One should place tulasi in the water that bathed the sdlagrdma'Sila for observing the vow of Jaya Maha-dvadasi.

HBV 13.499

Source

जघनꣳ चार्चयेद् विद्वान् सर्वाधिपतये इति । सर्वात्मने इति पदाव् एव मङ्गानि पूजयेत्

jaghanaṁ cārcayed vidvān sarvādhipataye iti | sarvātmane iti padāv eva maṅgāni pūjayet

English translation

brahama purdne tatraiva (In the Brahma Purana it is stated) yadd tu sukla dvddasyarh naksatram sravanam bhavet vijaya sa tithih proktd tithinam uttama tithih When the star, Sravana, appears on the Dvadasa of the waxing moon, it is called Vijaya Maha-dvadasi. It is also very auspicious.

HBV 13.500

Source

शङ्ख-चक्र-गदा-पद्म-सारङ्ग-शर-भूषित । गृहाणार्घ्यꣳ मया दत्तꣳ पाङ्गर्पाणे नमोऽस्तु ते

śaṅkha-cakra-gadā-padma-sāraṅga-śara-bhūṣita | gṛhāṇārghyaṁ mayā dattaṁ pāṅgarpāṇe namo'stu te

English translation

Know for certain that when the Sravana star joins the Dvadasi of the waxing moon, it is called the auspicious Vijaya Maha-dvadasi.

4~ SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.501

Source

इत्यर्घ्यꣳ पूर्ववत् कृत्वा धूप-दीपौ समर्प्य च । घृत-पक्व-प्रधानानि नैवेद्यानि निवेदयेत्

ityarghyaṁ pūrvavat kṛtvā dhūpa-dīpau samarpya ca | ghṛta-pakva-pradhānāni naivedyāni nivedayet

English translation

Bathing on this day amounts to bathing in all the holy places of pilgrimage and by worshiping the Supreme Lord on this day, one obtains the benefit of worshiping the Lord for one entire year .

HBV 13.502

Source

ताम्बूलादीनि दत्त्वाथ कृत्वा जागरणꣳ निशि । प्रातः स्नात्वार्चयित्वेशꣳ पुष्पाञ्जलिम् अथार्पयेत्

tāmbūlādīni dattvātha kṛtvā jāgaraṇaṁ niśi | prātaḥ snātvārcayitveśaṁ puṣpāñjalim athārpayet

English translation

One this day, by chanting mantras only once, one obtains the benefit of chanting one thousand mantras. In the same way, by giving charity, feeding brdhmanas, performing fire sacrifices, and fasting on this day, one receives one thousand times more benefit than on other days.

HBV 13.503

Source

नमस् ते अस्तु गोविन्द बुध-श्रवण-सꣳज्ञक । अघोरꣳ चाक्षयꣳ कृत्वा सर्व-सौख्य-प्रदो भव

namas te astu govinda budha-śravaṇa-saṁjñaka | aghoraṁ cākṣayaṁ kṛtvā sarva-saukhya-prado bhava

English translation

First of all, one should offer his humble obeisances to his spiritual master and then make a formal vow to observe this Dvadasi. For this purpose, one must make a Deity of Lord Visnu, who holds a bow and arrow in His hands.

HBV 13.504

Source

इति प्रार्थ्य ततः सर्वꣳ दत्त्वा चार्ध्यꣳ प्रतोष्य हि । भक्त्या विप्रान् भोजयित्वा सुखꣳ पारणम् आचरेत्

iti prārthya tataḥ sarvaṁ dattvā cārdhyaṁ pratoṣya hi | bhaktyā viprān bhojayitvā sukhaṁ pāraṇam ācaret

English translation

O Trivikrama! O Ananta! O Acyuta! Today, I will observe a total fast and then, break my fast tomorrow. Please be merciful to me so that my vow will not be broken.

HBV 13.505

Source

भाद्रे मासि बुधस्याह्नि यदि स्याद् विजया-व्रतम् । तदा सर्व-व्रतेभ्योऽस्य माहात्म्यतिरिच्यते

bhādre māsi budhasyāhni yadi syād vijayā-vratam | tadā sarva-vratebhyo'sya māhātmyatiricyate

English translation

One should install a pitcher filled with water and wrapped with a sacred thread. O n top of that water pitcher, one should place either a copper plate or a basket made of bamboo.

HBV 13.506

Source

ब्रह्म-पुराणे— यदा तु शुक्ल-द्वादश्याꣳ प्राजापत्यꣳ प्रजायते । जयन्ती नाम सा प्रोक्ता सर्व-पापहरा तिथिः

brahma-purāṇe— yadā tu śukla-dvādaśyāṁ prājāpatyaṁ prajāyate | jayantī nāma sā proktā sarva-pāpaharā tithiḥ

English translation

In the middle of the plate, one should place his worshipable Deity and decorate His body with tilaka and sandalwood paste. This should be followed by offering Him fine white cloth, an umbrella, and a pair of shoes.

HBV 13.507

Source

सप्त-जन्म-कृतꣳ पापꣳ स्वल्पꣳ वा यदि वा बहु । तत् क्षयꣳ याति गोविन्दꣳ तस्याम् अभ्यर्च्य भक्तितः

sapta-janma-kṛtaṁ pāpaṁ svalpaṁ vā yadi vā bahu | tat kṣayaṁ yāti govindaṁ tasyām abhyarcya bhaktitaḥ

English translation

One should worship the Lord's head while chanting Vdsudevdya namah, His face while chanting Sridhardya namah, His throat while chanting Krsndya namah, His chest while chanting Sripataye namah . . .

HBV 13.508

Source

स्कान्दे च श्री-ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे— सर्व-पाप-प्रशमनꣳ सर्व-पुण्य-फल-प्रदम् । द्वादश्याꣳ रोहिणी-योगे जयन्ती नाम सुव्रतम्

skānde ca śrī-brahma-nārada-saṁvāde— sarva-pāpa-praśamanaṁ sarva-puṇya-phala-pradam | dvādaśyāṁ rohiṇī-yoge jayantī nāma suvratam

English translation

. . . His arms while chanting Sastrdstradhdrine namah, His ribs while chanting Vyapakaya namah, His stomach while chanting Girisaya namah, and His genitals while chanting Trailokya janandya namah.

HBV 13.509

Source

किञ्च— जीवताꣳ याति यत्-कालो जयन्ती-वासरꣳ विना । तत् खण्डम् आयूषो व्यर्थꣳ नराणाम् उपजायते

kiñca— jīvatāṁ yāti yat-kālo jayantī-vāsaraṁ vinā | tat khaṇḍam āyūṣo vyarthaṁ narāṇām upajāyate

English translation

One should chant Sarvadhipataye namah while worshiping His waist and Sarvatmane namah while worshiping His lotus feet.

HBV 13.510

Source

गुरुꣳ प्रणम्य सम्प्रार्थ्य गृह्णीयान् नियमꣳ कृती । कृष्णैस् तिलैश् च मध्याह्ने स्नायाद् धात्री-फलेन च

guruṁ praṇamya samprārthya gṛhṇīyān niyamaṁ kṛtī | kṛṣṇais tilaiś ca madhyāhne snāyād dhātrī-phalena ca

English translation

O Supreme Lord, who holds a conch, disc, club, lotus, bow and arrow, please accept this arghya offered by me. O Lord who carries a bow, I offer my obeisances unto You.

HBV 13.511

Source

जयन्त्याꣳ तु निराहारः श्वोभूते परमेश्वर । भोक्ष्यामि पुण्डरीकाक्ष शरणꣳ चरणौ तव इति।

jayantyāṁ tu nirāhāraḥ śvobhūte parameśvara | bhokṣyāmi puṇḍarīkākṣa śaraṇaṁ caraṇau tava iti|

English translation

After offering arghya, as before, one should offer incense, a ghee lamp, and palatable food cooked in ghee to the Lord.

HBV 13.512

Source

पूर्ववत् स्थापयेत् कुम्भꣳ तस्योपरि च भाजनम् । हैरण्यꣳ राजतꣳ ताम्रꣳ वैणवꣳ वा तिलैर् भूतम्

pūrvavat sthāpayet kumbhaṁ tasyopari ca bhājanam | hairaṇyaṁ rājataṁ tāmraṁ vaiṇavaṁ vā tilair bhūtam

English translation

Thereafter, one should offer the Lord betel nuts and then, remain awake the entire night. The next morning, after bathing, one should worship the Lord and offer Him nice, fragrant flowers.

HBV 13.513

Source

तत्र च स्नापितꣳ हैमꣳ देवकी-स्तन-पायिनम् । मातृ-वक्त्रेक्षकꣳ देवꣳ निवेश्यावाहये व्रती

tatra ca snāpitaṁ haimaṁ devakī-stana-pāyinam | mātṛ-vaktrekṣakaṁ devaṁ niveśyāvāhaye vratī

English translation

O Govinda! O Buddha-sravana! I bow down to you. Please save me from illusion, grant me immortality, and bestow upon me all kinds of happiness.

HBV 13.514

Source

एहि एहि जगन्नाथ वैकुण्ठ पुरुषोत्तम । परिवार-गणोपेत लक्ष्म्या सह जगत्पते इति ।

ehi ehi jagannātha vaikuṇṭha puruṣottama | parivāra-gaṇopeta lakṣmyā saha jagatpate iti |

English translation

After praying to the Lord in this way, one should donate the Deity of the Lord to his spiritual master and please him by offering arghya and other articles. Then, one should feed the brdhmanas before breaking his fast.

HBV 13.515

Source

प्रतिष्ठाप्य मनोज्योतिर् इति मन्त्रेण वैष्णवः । पाद्यादीन् उपकल्प्यानुलेपनैर् अनुलेपयेत्

pratiṣṭhāpya manojyotir iti mantreṇa vaiṣṇavaḥ | pādyādīn upakalpyānulepanair anulepayet

English translation

If the vow of Vijaya Maha-dvadasi occurs on a Wednesday in the month of Bhadra, it is more glorious than all the other vows.

HBV 13.516

Source

वस्त्र-युग्मꣳ सितꣳ दत्त्वा पुष्पादीनि समर्पयेत् । दीपान् प्रज्वालयेच् छक्त्या कुर्यात् कुसुम-मण्डपम्

vastra-yugmaṁ sitaṁ dattvā puṣpādīni samarpayet | dīpān prajvālayec chaktyā kuryāt kusuma-maṇḍapam

English translation

brahma purdne (In the Brahma Purdna it is stated) yadd tu sukla dvddasydrh prdjdpatyarh prajdyate

4 7 0 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA jayanti noma sa proktd sarvva papa hard tithih Jayanti Maha-dvadasI takes place when the star, Prajapatya, joins Dvadasi during the fortnight of the waxing moon. This vow is very famous and absolves one of all sinful reactions.

HBV 13.517

Source

गीत-वाद्यादिभिः शान्ति-पाठैः स्तोत्रैश् च कीर्तनैः । आरभेताशठः पूजाꣳ गुरुꣳ सम्पूज्य भक्तितः

gīta-vādyādibhiḥ śānti-pāṭhaiḥ stotraiś ca kīrtanaiḥ | ārabhetāśaṭhaḥ pūjāṁ guruṁ sampūjya bhaktitaḥ

English translation

By worshiping Lord Govinda on this most auspicious day, all of one's sinful reactions that were accumulated during the previous seven lifetimes are nullified.

HBV 13.518

Source

अदिते देव-मातस् त्वꣳ सर्व-पाप-प्रणाशिनि । अतस् त्वाꣳ पूजयिष्यामि भीतो भव-भयस्य तु

adite deva-mātas tvaṁ sarva-pāpa-praṇāśini | atas tvāṁ pūjayiṣyāmi bhīto bhava-bhayasya tu

English translation

that is found in the Skanda Purana it is stated) sarvva papa prasamanarh sarvva punya phala pradam dvdsasydrh rohini yoge jayanti ndma suvratam If the star, Rohini, joins a Dvadasi, it is known as Jayanti Maha-dvadasI. This excellent vow removes all sins and awards one all auspiciousness.

HBV 13.519

Source

पूजितासि यथा देवैः प्रसन्ना त्वꣳ वरानने । पूजिता मे तथा भक्त्या प्रसादꣳ कुरु सुव्रते

pūjitāsi yathā devaiḥ prasannā tvaṁ varānane | pūjitā me tathā bhaktyā prasādaṁ kuru suvrate

English translation

The entire .duration of life of one who never observes the vow of Jayanti Maha-dvadasI is simply wasted.

HBV 13.520

Source

यथा पुत्रꣳ हरिꣳ लब्ध्वा प्राप्ता ते निर्वृति परा । तामेव निर्वृतिꣳ देवि स्वपुत्रात् दर्शयस्व मे

yathā putraṁ hariṁ labdhvā prāptā te nirvṛti parā | tāmeva nirvṛtiṁ devi svaputrāt darśayasva me

English translation

One who observes this vow should first offer his obeisances to his spiritual master and beg from him the procedure for following it. On that particular day, the devotee should bathe in water mixed with sesame seeds and dmalakl fruit.

HBV 13.521

Source

मन्त्रेणानेन सम्पूज्य देवकीꣳ कृष्णम् अर्चयेत् । ततः स-मातृकायार्घ्यꣳ तस्मै पूर्ववद् अर्पयेत्

mantreṇānena sampūjya devakīṁ kṛṣṇam arcayet | tataḥ sa-mātṛkāyārghyaṁ tasmai pūrvavad arpayet

English translation

O Supreme Personality of Godhead! O lotus-eyed Lord! I will fast on Jayanti Maha-dvadasi and break my fast the next day. I beg for Your mercy in this regard.

HBV 13.522

Source

अवतार-सहस्राणि करोषि मधुसूदन । न ते सꣳख्यावताराणाꣳ कश्चिज् जानाति वै भुवि

avatāra-sahasrāṇi karoṣi madhusūdana | na te saṁkhyāvatārāṇāṁ kaścij jānāti vai bhuvi

English translation

As before, one should install a pitcher filled with water and place a plate made of either gold, silver, or copper on top of it. Sesame seeds should be placed on that plate. One should then make a golden Deity of child Krsna drinking His mother's breast milk and looking at her face, and install Him on the plate, after bathing Him nicely.

HBV 13.523

Source

देवा ब्रह्मादयो वापि स्वरूपꣳ न विदुस् तव । अतस् त्वाꣳ पूजयिष्यामि मातुर् उत्सङ्ग सꣳस्थितम्

devā brahmādayo vāpi svarūpaṁ na vidus tava | atas tvāṁ pūjayiṣyāmi mātur utsaṅga saṁsthitam

English translation

O Lord of the universe! O Vaikuntha! O Supreme Lord! O maintainer of the earth, please come, along with Laksmldevi and Your other associates. Come and grace this auspicious occasion.

HBV 13.524

Source

वाञ्छितꣳ कुरु मे देव दुष्कृतꣳ चैव नाशय । कुरुष्व मे दयाꣳ देव सꣳसारार्ति-भयापह इति ।

vāñchitaṁ kuru me deva duṣkṛtaṁ caiva nāśaya | kuruṣva me dayāṁ deva saṁsārārti-bhayāpaha iti |

English translation

A Vaisnava should install the Deity by chanting mantras, such as manojyoti, and offer Him pddya, arghya and other such substances. One should apply sandalwood paste and tilaka on the transcendental body of the Lord.

HBV 13.525

Source

जातः कꣳस-वधार्थाय भू-भारोत्तारणाय च । देवतानाꣳ हितार्थाय धर्म-सꣳस्थापनाय च

jātaḥ kaṁsa-vadhārthāya bhū-bhārottāraṇāya ca | devatānāṁ hitārthāya dharma-saṁsthāpanāya ca

English translation

Thereafter, one should offer the Lord a fine white dhoti and cddara, followed by some nice, fragrant flowers. Then, one should offer a ghee lamp to the Lord and if possible, erect a flower decoration around Him.

HBV 13.526

Source

कौरवाणाꣳ विनाशाय दैत्यानाꣳ निधनाय च । गृहाणार्घ्यꣳ मया दत्तꣳ देववया सहितो हरे इति ।

kauravāṇāṁ vināśāya daityānāṁ nidhanāya ca | gṛhāṇārghyaṁ mayā dattaṁ devavayā sahito hare iti |

English translation

Next, one should sincerely begin to worship the Lord by singing, dancing, playing musical instruments, chanting Vedic mantras, offering prayers, and glorifying His characteristics and pastimes, after first offering worship to his spiritual master with unalloyed devotion.

HBV 13.527

Source

स्कान्दे तत्रैव— दत्त्वा च सकलाम् उर्वीꣳ स-सागर-नगान्विताम् । अर्घ्य-दानेन तत् पुण्यꣳ लभते मानवो भुवि इति ।

skānde tatraiva— dattvā ca sakalām urvīṁ sa-sāgara-nagānvitām | arghya-dānena tat puṇyaṁ labhate mānavo bhuvi iti |

English translation

O mother of the Supreme Lord! O mother of the demigods, you destroy all sinful reactions and so, being afraid of material existence, I worship you.

HBV 13.528

Source

धूप-दीपौ समर्प्याथ नैवेद्यꣳ विविधꣳ शुभम् । फलानि च विचित्राणि ताम्बूलादीनि चार्पयेत्

dhūpa-dīpau samarpyātha naivedyaṁ vividhaṁ śubham | phalāni ca vicitrāṇi tāmbūlādīni cārpayet

English translation

O lady with a most beautiful face! O most respectable one, just as you are worshiped by the demigods, kindly accept my worship.

HBV 13.529

Source

कृत्वा नीराजनꣳ गीतꣳ नृत्याद्य्-उत्सवम् आचरन् । कुर्याज् जागरणꣳ कृष्ण-बाल्य-लीला-कथादिना

kṛtvā nīrājanaṁ gītaṁ nṛtyādy-utsavam ācaran | kuryāj jāgaraṇaṁ kṛṣṇa-bālya-līlā-kathādinā

English translation

O Devi, just as you are very jubilant because of having received Lord Hari as your son, kindly allow me to have darsana of your beloved child.

HBV 13.530

Source

स्कान्दे तत्रैव— जागरे पद्मनाभस्य पुराणꣳ पठते तु यः । जन्म-कोटि-कृतꣳ पापꣳ दहते तुल-राशिवत् इति ।

skānde tatraiva— jāgare padmanābhasya purāṇaṁ paṭhate tu yaḥ | janma-koṭi-kṛtaṁ pāpaṁ dahate tula-rāśivat iti |

English translation

4 7 4 SRI HARI'BHAKTI-VILASA After worshiping mother Devaki with the chanting of this mantra, one should worship Lord Krsna. Then, one should offer arghya to both Lord Krsna and mother Devaki.

HBV 13.531

Source

प्रातः कृत्वा कियाꣳ नित्याꣳ तन्-मुर्तिꣳ गुरुवेऽर्पयेत् । वस्त्रादिकꣳ दक्षिणाꣳ च दत्त्वा कुर्वीत पारणम्

prātaḥ kṛtvā kiyāṁ nityāṁ tan-murtiṁ guruve'rpayet | vastrādikaṁ dakṣiṇāṁ ca dattvā kurvīta pāraṇam

English translation

O Lord Madhusudana, You have incarnated in thousands of forms. Indeed, no one can even begin to estimate the number of Your incarnations.

HBV 13.532

Source

किꣳ च तत्रैव— विधिनानेन सꣳयुक्ताꣳ जयन्तीꣳ च करोति यः । नारी वोद्धरते भक्त्या पुरुषानेकर्विशतिम्

kiṁ ca tatraiva— vidhinānena saṁyuktāṁ jayantīṁ ca karoti yaḥ | nārī voddharate bhaktyā puruṣānekarviśatim

English translation

Demigods, headed by Brahma, do not fully comprehend Your transcendental characteristics. Therefore, I will simply worship You as You are sitting on the lap of Your mother.

HBV 13.533

Source

सꣳक्षेपेण च यः कुर्याज् जयन्तीꣳ हरि-वल्लभाम् । मानसेष्ट-फलꣳ प्राप्य विष्णु-लोकꣳ स गच्छति

saṁkṣepeṇa ca yaḥ kuryāj jayantīṁ hari-vallabhām | mānaseṣṭa-phalaṁ prāpya viṣṇu-lokaṁ sa gacchati

English translation

O Supreme Lord, please fulfill my desire and nullify my sinful reactions. O master of the universe! O destroyer of the fear of material existence, kindly be merciful to me.

HBV 13.534

Source

ब्रह्म-पुराणे तत्रैव— यदा तु शुक्ल-द्वादश्याꣳ पुष्या भवति कर्हिचित् । तदा सा तु महापुण्या कथिता पापनाशिनी

brahma-purāṇe tatraiva— yadā tu śukla-dvādaśyāṁ puṣyā bhavati karhicit | tadā sā tu mahāpuṇyā kathitā pāpanāśinī

English translation

O Lord, You have appeared in this world for the purpose of killing the demons, such as Kamsa, and thereby diminishing the burden of the earth, as requested by the demigods, as well as to re-establish the principles of religion. Kindly accept my offering of arghya.

HBV 13.535

Source

सगरेण ककुत्स्थेन धुन्धुमारेण गाधिना । तस्याम् आराधितः कृष्णो दत्तवान् अखिलाꣳ भुवम्

sagareṇa kakutsthena dhundhumāreṇa gādhinā | tasyām ārādhitaḥ kṛṣṇo dattavān akhilāṁ bhuvam

English translation

skdnde tatraiva (In the same part of the Skanda Purdna it is stated) dattvd ca sakald murvvirh sasdgara nagdnvitdm arghya ddnena tat punyarh labhate mdnavo bhuvi By offering arghya to Lord Krsna as He is seated on the lap of His mother, one obtains the merit of donating the entire earth, along with its forests, mountains, and oceans.

HBV 13.536

Source

वाचिकान् मानसात् पापात् कायिकाच् च विशेषतः । सप्त-जन्म-कृताद् घोरान् मुच्यते नात्र सꣳशयः

vācikān mānasāt pāpāt kāyikāc ca viśeṣataḥ | sapta-janma-kṛtād ghorān mucyate nātra saṁśayaḥ

English translation

Thereafter, one should offer the Lord incense, a ghee lamp, various food preparations, sweets, juicy fruit, and excellent betel nuts.

HBV 13.537

Source

इमाम् एकाम् उपौष्यैव पुष्या-नक्षत्र-सꣳयुताम् । एकादशी-सहस्रस्य फलम् आप्नोति मानवः

imām ekām upauṣyaiva puṣyā-nakṣatra-saṁyutām | ekādaśī-sahasrasya phalam āpnoti mānavaḥ

English translation

Next, one should arrange for a festival of singing, dancing, playing musical instruments, and offering drati. One should remain awake that night, discussing Lord Krsna's childhood pastimes.

An, SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.538

Source

स्नानꣳ दानꣳ जपो होमः स्वाध्यायो देवतार्चनम् । यद् अस्याꣳ क्रियते किञ्चित् तद्-अनन्त-गुणꣳ भवेत्

snānaṁ dānaṁ japo homaḥ svādhyāyo devatārcanam | yad asyāṁ kriyate kiñcit tad-ananta-guṇaṁ bhavet

English translation

All the sinful reactions of a person who remains awake on the night of Jayanti Maha-dvadasI, reciting the Puranas, are burnt to ashes as if they were heaps of cotton.

HBV 13.539

Source

तस्माद् एषा प्रयत्नेन कर्तव्या फल-काङ्क्षिभिः

tasmād eṣā prayatnena kartavyā phala-kāṅkṣibhiḥ

English translation

The next morning, after completing one's morning rituals, one should donate the Deity to his spiritual master and satisfy him with offerings of cloth, daksind, and other gifts.

HBV 13.540

Source

गुरुꣳ प्रणम्य नियमꣳ स्वीकुर्याद् व्रत-हेतुकम् । कुम्भम् आमलकी-मूले पूर्ववत् स्थापयेद् व्रती

guruṁ praṇamya niyamaṁ svīkuryād vrata-hetukam | kumbham āmalakī-mūle pūrvavat sthāpayed vratī

English translation

One who observes the vow of Jayanti Maha-dvadasI in this manner delivers twenty-one generations of his family.

HBV 13.541

Source

द्वादश्याꣳ तु निराहारः स्थित्वाऽहम् अपरेऽहनि । भोक्ष्यामि जामदग्न्येश शरणꣳ मे भवाच्युत इति ।

dvādaśyāṁ tu nirāhāraḥ sthitvā'ham apare'hani | bhokṣyāmi jāmadagnyeśa śaraṇaṁ me bhavācyuta iti |

English translation

One who observes the vow of Jayanti Maha-dvadasi, which very dear to Lord Hari, even within his mind, will achieve the fulfillment of his desires and ultimately, be promoted to the supreme abode of Lord Visnu.

HBV 13.542

Source

वारिपूर्णꣳ ततः पात्रꣳ न्यसेत् कुम्भोपरि व्रत्तो । सुन्दरꣳ ताम्र-रचितꣳ वेणु-रचितम् एव वा

vāripūrṇaṁ tataḥ pātraṁ nyaset kumbhopari vratto | sundaraṁ tāmra-racitaṁ veṇu-racitam eva vā

English translation

brahmd purdne tatraiva (In the Brahma Purana it is stated) yadd tu sukla dvddasydm pusya bhavati karhicit tadd sd tu mahdpunyd kathitd papa ndsini Whenever the star, Pusya, joins a Dvadasi of the waxing moon, it is called Papanasini Maha-dvadasi. This day is very auspicious and is celebrated as the dispeller of sinful reactions.

HBV 13.543

Source

माषकेण तद्-अर्धेन तद्-अर्धेनाथवा कृतम् । हैमꣳ परशुरामꣳ च स्नपितꣳ स्थापयेत् ततः

māṣakeṇa tad-ardhena tad-ardhenāthavā kṛtam | haimaṁ paraśurāmaṁ ca snapitaṁ sthāpayet tataḥ

English translation

Being worshiped by King Sagara, Kakuststha, Dhundhumara, and Gadhi on this most auspicious day, Lord Krsna awarded them the rule of the entire earth.

HBV 13.544

Source

दत्त्वा वस्त्र-युग-च्छत्र-पादुकाः श्वेत-चन्दनैः । आलिप्य तुलसी-पुष्पैर् अभ्यर्च्याङ्गानि पूजयेत्

dattvā vastra-yuga-cchatra-pādukāḥ śveta-candanaiḥ | ālipya tulasī-puṣpair abhyarcyāṅgāni pūjayet

English translation

There is no doubt that one is relieved from the reactions to all sinful activities committed with his body, mind, and speech during his previous seven lifetimes, as well as from the torments of hellish existence, simply by observing the Papanasini Maha-dvadasi vow.

HBV 13.545

Source

विशोकायेति चरणौ जानुनी विश्वरूपिणे । हयग्रीवायेति चोरू कटिꣳ दामोदराय च

viśokāyeti caraṇau jānunī viśvarūpiṇe | hayagrīvāyeti corū kaṭiṁ dāmodarāya ca

English translation

4-« SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA ekadasi sahasrasya phalam apnoti mdnavah Simply by observing this one vow, which takes place due to the presence o{ the star, Pusya, one can obtain the merit of observing one thousand Ekadasis.

HBV 13.546

Source

कन्दर्पायेति वै गुह्यꣳ नाभिꣳ वै पद्म-मालिने । अनन्तायेति जठरꣳ श्री-कण्ठायेति वै गलम्

kandarpāyeti vai guhyaṁ nābhiṁ vai padma-māline | anantāyeti jaṭharaṁ śrī-kaṇṭhāyeti vai galam

English translation

Any pious activity performed on this Dvadasi, including giving charity, bathing in a holy place of pilgrimage, chanting mantras, performing a fire sacrifice, studying the Vedas, and worshiping the Supreme Lord, yields unlimited benefit.

HBV 13.547

Source

बाहू हैमाङ्गदायेति वैकुण्ठायेति मस्तकम् । ज्योतीरूपायेति नेत्रे नासाग्रꣳ शोक-नाशिने

bāhū haimāṅgadāyeti vaikuṇṭhāyeti mastakam | jyotīrūpāyeti netre nāsāgraṁ śoka-nāśine

English translation

Therefore, those who desire actual benefit should observe this vow with great enthusiasm.

HBV 13.548

Source

ललाटꣳ वामनायेति रामायेति श्रुवौ यजेत् । सर्वात्मने समस्ताङ्गꣳ शस्त्राणि स्व-स्व-सꣳज्ञया

lalāṭaṁ vāmanāyeti rāmāyeti śruvau yajet | sarvātmane samastāṅgaṁ śastrāṇi sva-sva-saṁjñayā

English translation

First, one should offer his obeisances to his spiritual master and learn from him the prescribed rules and regulation for observing this vow. One should then install a pitcher full of water, as previously described, at the base of an amalaki tree.

HBV 13.549

Source

प्रदाय पूर्ववच् चार्घ्यꣳ धूप-दीपौ समर्प्य च । नैवेद्यादि प्रदायाथ देवꣳ सम्प्रार्थयेच् च तम्

pradāya pūrvavac cārghyaṁ dhūpa-dīpau samarpya ca | naivedyādi pradāyātha devaṁ samprārthayec ca tam

English translation

O master of Jamadagni! O Lord Acyuta! I will observe a complete fast on this DvadasI and break my fast the next day. Please be merciful to me.

HBV 13.550

Source

नमस्ते देवदेवेश जामदग्न्य नमोऽस्तु ते । गृहाणार्घ्याꣳ मया दत्तम् आमल्या सहितो हरे

namaste devadeveśa jāmadagnya namo'stu te | gṛhāṇārghyāṁ mayā dattam āmalyā sahito hare

English translation

Thereafter, one should place a beautiful plate made of copper or bamboo on top of the water pitcher.

HBV 13.551

Source

जामदग्न्य नमस् तेऽस्तु क्षत्रियान्तकराय च । सर्वाणि यानि पापानि सप्त-जन्म-कृतान्य् अपि

jāmadagnya namas te'stu kṣatriyāntakarāya ca | sarvāṇi yāni pāpāni sapta-janma-kṛtāny api

English translation

One should prepare a Deity of Lord Parasurama with eight ratis, or at least four ratis, or at the very least, two ratis of gold and install Him on the plate, after bathing Him nicely.

HBV 13.552

Source

क्षयꣳ यान्तु ममैवाद्य त्वत्-प्रसादाच् च भार्गव । वाचिकꣳ मानसꣳ पापꣳ ज्ञानतोऽज्ञानतोऽपि वा

kṣayaṁ yāntu mamaivādya tvat-prasādāc ca bhārgava | vācikaṁ mānasaṁ pāpaṁ jñānato'jñānato'pi vā

English translation

One should dress the Deity in a nice dhoti and cddara, offer Him an umbrella and shoes, and put tilaka on His forehead, using white sandalwood paste. Next, one should offer Him tulasi and flowers, and then worship each of His limbs separately.

HBV 13.553

Source

आयुर्-यशस् तथारोग्यꣳ धनꣳ धान्यꣳ च सम्पदम् । सौभाग्यꣳ तव भक्तस्य सन्तानꣳ विपुलꣳ भवेत्

āyur-yaśas tathārogyaṁ dhanaṁ dhānyaṁ ca sampadam | saubhāgyaṁ tava bhaktasya santānaṁ vipulaṁ bhavet

English translation

The Lord's lotus feet should be worshiped while chanting Visokdya namah, His knees while chanting Visvarupine namah, His thighs while chanting Hayagrivdya namah, His waist while chanting Ddmodardya namah, His anus while chanting Kandarpdya namah, His navel while chanting Padma- maline namah, His stomach while chanting Anantaya namah, His throat while chanting Srikanthdya namah, His arms while chanting Haimdngaddya namah, His head while chanting Vaikunthdya namah, His eyes while chanting Jyotirupaya namah, His nose while chanting Sokanasine namah, His forehead while chanting Vdmandya namah, His ears while chanting Ramdya namah, and His entire body while chanting Sarvdtmane namah. The Lord's weapons should be worshiped while chanting their respective names.

HBV 13.554

Source

सर्वान् कामान् आप्नुवानि दिव्यꣳ सौख्यꣳ निरन्तरम् । अन्तेऽप्य् अस्तु ममेशान भक्तिस् त्वच्-चरणे प्रभो

sarvān kāmān āpnuvāni divyaṁ saukhyaṁ nirantaram | ante'py astu mameśāna bhaktis tvac-caraṇe prabho

English translation

After offering arghya, as mentioned previously, one should offer the Lord incense, a ghee lamp, and varieties of food. Then, one should pray to His worshipable Lord in this manner.

HBV 13.555

Source

जनार्दन हृषीकेश लक्ष्मीनाथ सुरार्चित । राम राम महाबाहो कार्तवीर्य-विनाशन

janārdana hṛṣīkeśa lakṣmīnātha surārcita | rāma rāma mahābāho kārtavīrya-vināśana

English translation

O master of the demigods, my obeisances unto You. O shelter of Jamadagni, I bow down to You. O Lord Hari, kindly accept this arghya and dmalakl.

HBV 13.556

Source

एतत् सर्वꣳ मया दत्तꣳ ज्ञानꣳ ज्ञेयꣳ तवाच्युत । माम् उद्धर जगन्नाथ दयाꣳ कृत्वा ममोपरि

etat sarvaṁ mayā dattaṁ jñānaṁ jñeyaṁ tavācyuta | mām uddhara jagannātha dayāṁ kṛtvā mamopari

English translation

O son of Jamadagni, I offer my obeisances unto You. Let all the sinful reactions accumulated during my previous seven lifetimes be vanquished today, by Your mercy. O Bhargava, let all the sins that I committed with my body, mind, and speech, whether knowingly or unknowingly, be nullified.

HBV 13.557

Source

पिता पितामहाश् चान्ये अपुत्रा ये च गोत्रिणः । वृक्षयोर् निगता ये च ये च कीटत्वम् आगताः

pitā pitāmahāś cānye aputrā ye ca gotriṇaḥ | vṛkṣayor nigatā ye ca ye ca kīṭatvam āgatāḥ

English translation

It is a fact that Your devotees are always blessed with a long duration of life, fame, good health, wealth, prosperity, good fortune, and good progeny.

HBV 13.558

Source

रौरवे नरके ये च महारौरव-सꣳज्ञके । वियोनिꣳ च गता ये च ये च ब्रह्माण्ड-मध्यगाः

raurave narake ye ca mahāraurava-saṁjñake | viyoniṁ ca gatā ye ca ye ca brahmāṇḍa-madhyagāḥ

English translation

O my Lord, may all of my desires be fulfilled. May I enjoy all kinds oi happiness, without interruption. O Supreme controller, may I ultimately obtain unalloyed devotion for Your lotus feet.

HBV 13.559

Source

पिशाचत्वꣳ गता ये च ये च प्रेतत्वम् आगताः । ते पिबन्तु मया दत्तꣳ धात्री-मूले सदा पयः

piśācatvaṁ gatā ye ca ye ca pretatvam āgatāḥ | te pibantu mayā dattaṁ dhātrī-mūle sadā payaḥ

English translation

O Janardana! O Hrsikesa! O Laksmlnatha! O Supreme Lord! O Rama! O Parasurama! O mighty-armed one! O destroyer of Kartavirya! O Acyuta! O Lord of the universe! Whatever knowledge I have obtained has been given by You. Please deliver me, by Your mercy. atha dhdtri piljd (Worship of the dmalaki tree) pit<5 pitd mahdscdnye aputrd ye ca gotrinah vrksayonim gatd ye ca ye ca kitatvam dgatdh raurave narake ye ca mahd raurava sarhjfiake viyonirh ca gatd ye ca ye ca brahmdridd madhyagdh pisdcatvarh gatd ye ca ye ca pretatvam dgatah te pivantu mayd dattarh dhdtri mule sadd payah

THIRTEENTH VILAS, 483 May my father, grandfathers, those who have no children, those who have descendents, those who have been born as trees or insects, those who have fallen into hells known as Raurava and Maha-raurava, those who have been born in abominable species, those who are fallen, and those who are within this universe, as well as those who have appeared as ghosts or hobgoblins, accept the water offered by me at the root of this dmalakl tree.

HBV 13.560

Source

ते सर्व्वे त्र्प्ति म्द्य्द्न्तु ध्द्त्रि मुल निसेचन्द्त्

te sarvve trpti mdydntu dhdtri mula nisecandt

English translation

May all of these living entities become satisfied as a result of my pouring water at the root of this dmalakl tree.

Sanskrit normalized from the complete edition text layer where the Grantha Mandira control has a numbering discontinuity.

HBV 13.561

Source

इति धात्रीꣳ चाभिषिच्य वारान् अष्टोत्तरꣳ शतम् । ताꣳ च प्रदक्षिणी-कृत्य कुर्याज् जागरणꣳ व्रती

iti dhātrīṁ cābhiṣicya vārān aṣṭottaraṁ śatam | tāṁ ca pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya kuryāj jāgaraṇaṁ vratī

English translation

After chanting this mantra, one should pour water at the root of an dmalaki tree one hundred and eight times and then circumambulate it. Thereafter, one should remain awake that night.

HBV 13.562

Source

प्रातश् च देवꣳ नीराज्य नित्यꣳ कर्म समाप्य च । मूर्त्यादि गुरवे दत्त्वा प्राम्वत् पारणम् आचरेत्

prātaś ca devaṁ nīrājya nityaṁ karma samāpya ca | mūrtyādi gurave dattvā prāmvat pāraṇam ācaret

English translation

The next morning, one should worship the Lord, complete his morning duties, and then break his fast, after donating the Deity to his spiritual master.

HBV 13.563

Source

फाल्गुने मासि यद्य् एषा द्वादशी पापनाशिनी । भवेत् तदा व्रतस्थास्य महिमा स्याद् विशेषतः

phālgune māsi yady eṣā dvādaśī pāpanāśinī | bhavet tadā vratasthāsya mahimā syād viśeṣataḥ

English translation

If this Dvadasi occurs during the month of Phalguna, it possesses special glories. In that case, it is called Govinda Dvadasi.

4 S 4 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA

HBV 13.564

Source

इति क्रमेण लिखितꣳ विजयादि-व्रत-त्रयम् । भविष्योत्तर-स्कान्दाभ्याꣳ श्री-ब्रह्माण्ड-पुराणतः

iti krameṇa likhitaṁ vijayādi-vrata-trayam | bhaviṣyottara-skāndābhyāṁ śrī-brahmāṇḍa-purāṇataḥ

English translation

Thus I have described Vijaya Maha-dvadasi by quoting the Bhavisya Purdna, Jayantl Maha-dvadasi by quoting Skanda Purdna, and Papanasini Maha-dvadasi by quoting the Brahmdnda Purdna.

HBV 13.565

Source

अन्येऽपि द्वादशी-भेदा बहवः सन्ति विश्रुताः । अग्रतो लेखनीयास् ते तत्-तन्-मास-प्रसङ्गतः

anye'pi dvādaśī-bhedā bahavaḥ santi viśrutāḥ | agrato lekhanīyās te tat-tan-māsa-prasaṅgataḥ

English translation

Apart from these, there are some other Dvadasis, such as the Matsya and Nirjala, that will be described later on, at the appropriate time.